WO2021135815A1 - Communication method and related device and communication system - Google Patents

Communication method and related device and communication system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021135815A1
WO2021135815A1 PCT/CN2020/133806 CN2020133806W WO2021135815A1 WO 2021135815 A1 WO2021135815 A1 WO 2021135815A1 CN 2020133806 W CN2020133806 W CN 2020133806W WO 2021135815 A1 WO2021135815 A1 WO 2021135815A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
terminal device
communication
area
mapping table
operator
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/133806
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
郭涛
李重锦
段文杰
Original Assignee
荣耀终端有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 荣耀终端有限公司 filed Critical 荣耀终端有限公司
Publication of WO2021135815A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021135815A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/08Reselecting an access point
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W24/00Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements
    • H04W24/02Arrangements for optimising operational condition
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/16Performing reselection for specific purposes
    • H04W36/18Performing reselection for specific purposes for allowing seamless reselection, e.g. soft reselection
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/24Reselection being triggered by specific parameters
    • H04W36/30Reselection being triggered by specific parameters by measured or perceived connection quality data
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/24Reselection being triggered by specific parameters
    • H04W36/32Reselection being triggered by specific parameters by location or mobility data, e.g. speed data
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/02Services making use of location information
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W48/00Access restriction; Network selection; Access point selection
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02DCLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES [ICT], I.E. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES AIMING AT THE REDUCTION OF THEIR OWN ENERGY USE
    • Y02D30/00Reducing energy consumption in communication networks
    • Y02D30/70Reducing energy consumption in communication networks in wireless communication networks

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to the field of communication technology, in particular to a communication method, related equipment and a communication system in a high-speed mobile scene.
  • High-speed railways are now one of the important ways for citizens of various countries to travel, especially in China, which is currently the country with the longest coverage in the world.
  • China's mid- and long-term railway network planning plan in 2020, China's high-speed railway mileage of more than 200 kilometers per hour will exceed 30,000 kilometers.
  • Users generate communication demands during high-speed rail journeys.
  • Various telecom operators will build communication coverage base stations on existing high-speed rail lines to provide communication services.
  • China has three major telecom operators, namely China Mobile, China Unicom, and China Telecom. Both have built communication coverage base stations in the existing high-speed rail line sections. Due to differences in funds, network planning, and network optimization of various telecom operators, there will be a certain same area.
  • Telecom operator A’s network coverage is wider and the user experience is relatively better
  • the SIM card (Subscriber Identification Module) is an identification card used by a telecom operator to identify a user, and is also called a user identification card.
  • the SIM card can be used to access the telecom operator for communication services.
  • a dual-SIM dual-standby mobile phone refers to a mobile phone that can install two SIM cards at the same time, and the two SIM cards are in a standby state.
  • many models of mobile phones in the Chinese mobile phone market support dual-SIM and dual-standby. Users who use dual-SIM and dual-standby phones usually choose two SIM cards of different telecom operators and choose to use the communication services of a certain telecom operator according to their needs.
  • On terminal equipment usually a telecommunications operator is used by default, and normal communication services are performed in the telecommunications operator’s network. Even if the communication service quality is relatively poor at this time, the user needs to manually switch the SIM card used to switch to another On the network of a telecom operator. Such a function is installed in some terminal operating systems, and the user can set the SIM card used for automatic switching on the terminal as the SIM card of the telecom operator with the best communication quality at the moment.
  • the user terminal equipment may switch the communication service of the telecom operator at a high frequency, resulting in the terminal equipment communication service Problems such as ping-pong handover, high reestablishment rate, and high call drop rate occur.
  • the present invention provides a communication method, related equipment and system, which are used to solve the problem of unstable communication service caused by high-frequency switching of telecommunication operators of multi-SIM card terminal equipment in a high-speed mobile scene.
  • the embodiments of the present invention provide a communication method applied to terminal equipment, where the terminal equipment has multiple subscriber identity module SIM cards, each of which corresponds to a different telecommunications operator, and is used for terminal equipment acquisition For communication services provided by different telecom operators, terminal equipment is registered to the networks of multiple telecom operators.
  • SIM cards subscriber identity module
  • the method includes: a terminal device establishes a first communication connection with a first network device through a first SIM card, and the terminal device establishes a second communication connection with a second network device through a second SIM card.
  • the terminal device obtains the communication service provided by the first telecommunication operator through the first communication connection, and the terminal device obtains the communication service provided by the second telecommunication operator through the second communication connection.
  • the first network equipment is a network equipment of a first telecommunication operator
  • the second network equipment is a network equipment of a second telecommunication operator.
  • the terminal device determines that it is located in the first area, and in the first area, the terminal device uses the first communication connection to carry the data service.
  • the terminal device finds the second telecommunication operator corresponding to the second area from the first mapping table.
  • the terminal device uses the second communication connection to carry data services.
  • the terminal device has a first mapping table, and the first mapping table includes the identities of multiple regions and the identities of telecommunication operators corresponding to each of the multiple regions.
  • the first area and the second area are adjacent areas in the plurality of areas.
  • the first telecommunications operator is the telecommunications operator corresponding to the first area in the first mapping table
  • the second telecommunications operator is the telecommunications operator corresponding to the second area in the first mapping table.
  • the terminal device determines that the terminal device does not have an ongoing voice service.
  • the terminal device if the terminal device is performing a voice service, after waiting for the voice service to end, the terminal device uses the second communication connection to carry the data service.
  • the quality of the communication service provided by the second telecommunication operator in the second area is better than the quality of the communication service provided by the first telecommunication operator in the second area.
  • the first area and the second area correspond to different telecommunication operators.
  • the terminal device obtains the first mapping table from the cloud server.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a communication method applied to a cloud server, and the method includes:
  • the cloud server obtains communication quality reports from multiple terminal devices.
  • the communication quality report includes: the location of the terminal device, the identification of the telecommunication operator that provides the communication service to the terminal device, and the communication quality parameter of the communication service.
  • the cloud server generates the first mapping table according to the communication quality report.
  • the first mapping table includes the identities of multiple regions and the identities of telecommunication operators corresponding to each of the multiple regions.
  • the area contains the positioning data of each point in the area.
  • the communication quality of the communication service provided by the telecommunication operator corresponding to an area in the area is higher than the first threshold, or the communication quality of the provided communication service is the highest.
  • the telecommunication operator corresponding to an area is determined according to the communication quality parameters in the communication quality report reported by the terminal equipment in the area.
  • the cloud server sends the first mapping table to the terminal device.
  • the communication quality parameters include the call drop rate, call drop rate, jam rate, delay time (ms), network rate ( mb/s), the number of handovers of the telecommunication operator in the first time.
  • different regions correspond to different telecommunication operators.
  • the cloud server periodically sends the first mapping table to the terminal device at the second time interval.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a terminal device.
  • the terminal device includes a plurality of subscriber identification module SIM cards, a positioning device, a communication device, a memory, and a processor coupled to the memory.
  • SIM cards correspond to different telecommunication operators, and are used for terminal equipment to obtain communication services provided by different telecommunication operators.
  • the terminal equipment is registered in the networks of multiple telecom operators.
  • the communication device is used to establish a first communication connection with the first network device through the first SIM card.
  • the communication device is also used to establish a second communication connection with the second network device through the second SIM card.
  • the first communication connection is used to obtain the communication service provided by the first telecommunication operator
  • the second communication connection is used to obtain the communication service provided by the second telecommunication operator.
  • the first network equipment is a network equipment of a first telecommunication operator
  • the second network equipment is a network equipment of a second telecommunication operator.
  • the positioning device is used to obtain that the terminal device is located in the first area, and in the first area, the communication device is also used to use the first communication connection to carry data services.
  • the processor is used for when detecting that the terminal device is located in the second area or the distance between the terminal device and the second area is less than the first distance value, the processor finds the second telecommunication operator corresponding to the second area from the first mapping table Quotient.
  • the communication device is also used to use the second communication connection to carry data services.
  • the memory is used to store data or instructions generated during the execution of the program by the processor.
  • the memory stores a first mapping table, and the first mapping table includes identifiers of multiple regions and identifiers of telecommunication operators corresponding to each of the multiple regions.
  • the first area and the second area are adjacent areas in the plurality of areas.
  • the first telecommunication operator is the telecommunication operator corresponding to the first area in the first mapping table.
  • the second telecommunication operator is the telecommunication operator corresponding to the second area in the first mapping table.
  • the communication device is further configured to determine that the communication device does not have an ongoing voice service before the communication device uses the second communication connection to carry the data service.
  • the communication device uses the second communication connection to carry the data service.
  • the quality of the communication service provided by the second telecommunication operator in the second area is better than the quality of the communication service provided by the first telecommunication operator in the second area.
  • the first area and the second area correspond to different telecommunication operators.
  • the processor is further configured to obtain the first mapping table from the cloud server.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a cloud server, including: a receiver, a transmitter, a memory, and a processor coupled to the memory.
  • the receiver is used to obtain communication quality reports from multiple terminal devices.
  • the communication quality report includes: the location of the terminal device, the identification of the telecommunication operator that provides the communication service to the terminal device, and the communication quality parameter of the communication service.
  • the processor is configured to generate a first mapping table according to the communication quality report.
  • the first mapping table includes the identities of multiple regions and the identities of telecommunication operators corresponding to each of the multiple regions.
  • the area contains the positioning data of each point in the area.
  • the communication quality of the communication service provided by the telecommunication operator corresponding to an area in the area is higher than the first threshold, or the communication quality of the provided communication service is the highest; the telecommunication operator corresponding to an area is based on a The communication quality parameters in the communication quality report reported by the terminal equipment in the area are determined.
  • the transmitter is used to send the first mapping table to the terminal device.
  • the memory is used to store data or instructions generated during the execution of the program by the processor.
  • the communication quality parameters include the call drop rate, call drop rate, jam rate, delay time (ms), network rate (mb/ s), the number of handovers of the telecommunication operator in the first time.
  • different regions correspond to different telecommunication operators.
  • the transmitter periodically sends the first mapping table to the terminal device at the second time interval.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a terminal device.
  • the terminal device includes a plurality of subscriber identification module SIM cards, a positioning module, a communication module, a storage module, and a processing module coupled to the storage module.
  • Multiple SIM cards correspond to different telecommunication operators, and are used for terminal equipment to obtain communication services provided by different telecommunication operators.
  • the terminal equipment is registered in the networks of multiple telecom operators.
  • the communication module is used to establish a first communication connection with the first network device through the first SIM card.
  • the communication module is also used to establish a second communication connection with the second network device through the second SIM card.
  • the first communication connection is used to obtain the communication service provided by the first telecommunication operator
  • the second communication connection is used to obtain the communication service provided by the second telecommunication operator.
  • the first network equipment is a network equipment of a first telecommunication operator
  • the second network equipment is a network equipment of a second telecommunication operator.
  • the positioning module is used to obtain that the terminal device is located in the first area.
  • the communication module is further configured to use the first communication connection to carry data services.
  • the processing module is used for when it is detected that the terminal device is located in the second area or the distance between the terminal device and the second area is less than the first distance value, the processing module finds the second telecom corresponding to the second area from the first mapping table. Operator.
  • the communication module is also used to use the second communication connection to carry data services.
  • the storage module is used to store data or instructions generated during the execution of the program by the processing module.
  • the storage module stores a first mapping table, and the first mapping table includes identifiers of multiple regions and identifiers of telecommunication operators corresponding to each of the multiple regions.
  • the first area and the second area are adjacent areas in the plurality of areas.
  • the first telecommunication operator is the telecommunication operator corresponding to the first area in the first mapping table.
  • the second telecommunication operator is the telecommunication operator corresponding to the second area in the first mapping table.
  • the communication module is further configured to determine that the communication module does not have an ongoing voice service before the communication module uses the second communication connection to carry the data service.
  • the communication module uses the second communication connection to carry the data service.
  • the quality of the communication service provided by the second telecommunication operator in the second area is better than the quality of the communication service provided by the first telecommunication operator in the second area.
  • the first area and the second area correspond to different telecommunication operators.
  • the processing module is further configured to obtain the first mapping table from the cloud server.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a cloud server, including: a receiving module, a transmitting module, a storage module, and a processing module coupled to the storage module.
  • the receiving module is used to obtain communication quality reports from multiple terminal devices.
  • the communication quality reports include: the location of the terminal device, the identification of the telecommunication operator that provides the communication service to the terminal device, and the communication quality parameter of the communication service.
  • the processing module is used for generating a first mapping table according to the communication quality report.
  • the first mapping table includes the identities of multiple regions and the identities of telecommunication operators corresponding to each of the multiple regions.
  • the area contains the positioning data of each point in the area.
  • the communication quality of the communication service provided by the telecommunication operator corresponding to an area in the area is higher than the first threshold, or the communication quality of the provided communication service is the highest; the telecommunication operator corresponding to an area is based on a The communication quality parameters in the communication quality report reported by the terminal equipment in the area are determined.
  • the transmitting module is used to send the first mapping table to the terminal device.
  • the storage module is used to store data or instructions generated during the execution of the program by the processing module.
  • the communication quality parameters include the call drop rate, call drop rate, jam rate, delay time (ms), network rate (mb/ s), the number of handovers of the telecommunication operator in the first time.
  • different regions correspond to different telecommunication operators.
  • the transmitting module periodically sends the first mapping table to the terminal device at the second time interval.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a communication system, including a terminal device and a cloud server, where the terminal device is the terminal device mentioned in any one of the third aspect and/or the fifth aspect, and the cloud server is the first The cloud server mentioned in any of the four aspects and/or the sixth aspect.
  • the multi-SIM card terminal equipment automatically switches to use the communication services of the telecom operators with better communication conditions based on the prior information of the telecom operators’ communication conditions to ensure the terminal
  • the device is always in the optimal communication state, and the user of the terminal device gets a better communication experience.
  • Fig. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system provided by the present application.
  • Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of a competitive random access process in the prior art
  • Fig. 3 is a schematic diagram of a communication area coverage scenario on a high-speed railway line provided by the present application
  • Figure 4 is a schematic diagram of a high-speed railway line provided by this application.
  • Fig. 5 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by the present application.
  • Fig. 6 is a first schematic diagram of a terminal device display interface provided by the present application.
  • Figure 7 is a second schematic diagram of a terminal device display interface provided by this application.
  • FIG. 8 is a third schematic diagram of a terminal device display interface provided by this application.
  • Figure 9 is a fourth schematic diagram of a terminal device display interface provided by this application.
  • FIG. 10 is a block diagram of a communication system of a communication method based on big data learning provided by this application.
  • FIG. 11 is a flowchart of a communication method based on a big data learning mechanism provided by this application.
  • FIG. 12 is a flowchart of a method for big data calculation provided by this application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of a terminal device provided by this application.
  • FIG. 14 is a block diagram of the software structure of a terminal device provided by this application.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a cloud server provided by this application.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of modules of a cloud server provided by this application.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a wireless communication system provided by this application.
  • one embodiment or “an embodiment” mentioned throughout the specification means that a specific feature, structure, or characteristic related to the embodiment is included in at least one embodiment of the present invention. Therefore, the appearances of "in one embodiment” or “in an embodiment” in various places throughout the specification do not necessarily refer to the same embodiment. In addition, these specific features, structures or characteristics can be combined in one or more embodiments in any suitable manner.
  • Fig. 1 shows a communication system involved in this application.
  • the system includes terminal equipment and network side equipment of different telecom operators.
  • the terminal device may be a mobile communication device capable of supporting multiple cards and multiple standbys, including but not limited to user equipment (UE), mobile phones (cell phones), personal digital assistants (PDA), wireless communication devices, handheld devices , Laptop computers, cordless phones, mobile smart hotspots or other devices that can spontaneously communicate with mobile communication networks without human operation.
  • UE user equipment
  • PDA personal digital assistants
  • wireless communication devices handheld devices
  • Laptop computers cordless phones
  • cordless phones mobile smart hotspots or other devices that can spontaneously communicate with mobile communication networks without human operation.
  • the terminal device can support multi-mode communication, and multi-mode refers to two or more network standards.
  • multi-mode refers to two or more network standards.
  • China Mobile uses GSM(2G)/TD-SCDMA(3G)/TD-LTE(4G); China Unicom uses GSM(2G)/WCDMA( 3G)/TD-LTE(4G)/FDD-LTE(4G); China Telecom uses CDMA1X(2G)/EVDO(3G)/TD-LTE(4G)/FDD-LTE(4G).
  • it can support 7 modes, namely GSM/TD-SCDMA/WCDMA/TD-LTE/FDD-LTE/CDMA1X/EVDO communication, which can be called full Netcom terminal equipment.
  • the network side device may be a device that connects the terminal to the wireless network.
  • the device may be a base station, or various wireless access points, and may refer to a device that communicates with a terminal through one or more sectors on an air interface in an access network.
  • the base station can be used to communicate with one or more terminals, and can also be used to communicate with one or more base stations with partial terminal functions.
  • the form of the base station in the present invention is not limited, and it can be a macro base station (Macro Base Station), a micro base station (Pico Base Station), a Node B (name of 3G mobile base station), an enhanced base station (ENB), and a home enhanced base station (Femto eNB or Home eNode B or Home eNB or HNEB), relay station, access point, RRU (Remote Radio Unit), RRH (Remote Radio Head, remote radio head), etc.
  • the base station can be the Base Transceiver Station (BTS) in the Time Division Synchronous Code Division Multiple Access (TD-SCDMA) system, or the Evolutional Node B (Evolutional Node B) in the LTE system , ENB), as well as base stations in 5G systems and New Air Interface (NR) systems.
  • BTS Base Transceiver Station
  • TD-SCDMA Time Division Synchronous Code Division Multiple Access
  • ENB Evolutional Node B
  • ENB Evolutional Node B
  • the base station may also be an access point (Access Point, AP), a transmission area (Trans TRP), a central unit (Central Unit, CU) or other network entities, and may include some or all of the functions of the above network entities.
  • the network side device can obtain the terminal device bearer context information.
  • the bearer context information can refer to the terminal bearer list, which specifically includes the bearer identifier (E-RAB ID), the QoS parameters corresponding to the bearer (E-RAB Level QoS Parameters), and the uplink or downlink GTP tunnel endpoint address (UL/DL GTP Tunnel Endpoint)
  • context information can also include mobile phone network capabilities, TAI, S1APID, eNodeB ID, authentication information, negotiated security algorithms , Generated keys, created connection information (such as APN, PGW, QCI), etc., these information must be saved before the terminal device is separated from the network side device.
  • the network side devices may include network side devices that support second generation (2G), third generation (3G), and fourth generation (4G) access technologies, such as global Mobile communication system (global system for mobile communications, GSM), code division multiple access (code division multiple access, CDMA), long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) access technology network side equipment; alternatively, it can also be packaged to support the first Fifth generation (5G) access technology network-side equipment, such as new radio (NR) access technology; or, it may also include network-side equipment supporting multiple wireless technologies, such as GSM technology, CDMA Network side equipment of technology, LTE technology and NR technology. In addition, it can also be a network-side device suitable for future-oriented communication technologies.
  • 2G second generation
  • 3G third generation
  • 4G fourth generation
  • Dual card dual standby means that the two SIM cards installed on the terminal device can be used at the same time, the two cards do not interfere with each other, and they can communicate with the telecom operator at the same time.
  • the dual-card single-standby terminal device refers to the terminal device that can install two SIM cards, but when one SIM card is used, the other SIM card is turned off, which is not suitable for the application scenarios involved in this application. Therefore, this application is suitable for application to terminal devices with multiple cards and multiple standbys, but not suitable for application on terminal devices with multiple cards and single standby.
  • each SIM card stores the network authentication data of each number, which contains: the mobile subscriber identification (international mobile subscriber identification number, IMSI) of each number, authentication key, operator network parameters, etc. .
  • IMSI international mobile subscriber identification number
  • Authentication is required before each registration, call establishment attempt, location update, and supplementary service activation, deactivation, registration or deletion.
  • the completion of the deregistration of the terminal equipment on the network side and the deletion of the evolved packet system (evolved packet system, EPS) bearer is called the Detach process.
  • EPS evolved packet system
  • the SIM card After the SIM card is registered to the network, it will perform random access and establish an RRC connection with the network device. It will be in the idle state when there is no communication service, and in the connected state when there is communication service access. Taking LTE as an example, if the terminal device does not have any data to download or upload, the terminal device is in the idle state /IDLE/RRC_IDLE. If the terminal device initiates a service again, the terminal device needs to make a Service Request and does not need to attach again, that is, there is no process of authentication and querying the capabilities of the terminal device. It only needs to include random access, RRC connection, and default bearer establishment. The terminal device is in Connected state /CONNECT/RRC_CONNECT. When the terminal device inactivity timer expires, the terminal device will return from the connected state to the idle state, which can save communication resources and reduce the load of the communication device.
  • the scenarios used for competing random access can include the following: transition from the RRC_IDLE state to the RRC_CONNECT state, that is, the RRC connection process, such as initial access and TAU update; the initial access after the radio link fails, that is, the RRC connection Reconstruction process; in RRC_CONNECT state, uplink data and control information are not obtained but uplink data and control information are not obtained or uplink resources are not out of synchronization but need to apply for uplink resources through random access; in RRC_CONNECT state, switch from serving cell to target cell; in RRC_CONNECT state , The uplink synchronization is not obtained but the downlink data needs to be received.
  • the current dual-card dual-standby solutions for terminal devices on the market are roughly divided into two types.
  • One is the dual-card dual-standby dual-pass solution, which uses two sets of chipsets, that is, two sets of baseband chips, radio frequency chips and memory systems are installed in the terminal equipment.
  • This implementation method can support two SIM cards to work at the same time, and When switching, there is no need to switch the machine again, and two sets of chips communicate with the network side equipment respectively.
  • the problem is that its cost is almost twice that of an ordinary mobile phone, and the power consumption is often twice that of a normal mobile phone, and there will be frequency band interference between two SIM cards.
  • Another solution is the dual-card dual-standby single-pass solution.
  • the terminal device is equipped with a set of baseband chip, a set of radio frequency, and a set of protocols, and then an analog switch is added to the traditional terminal device chipset to manually switch the network.
  • the two sets of independently operating protocol stacks are closely integrated, so that they can be realized through a set of protocol stacks.
  • the principle of the current dual-card dual-standby single-pass solution is that through software, a control chip IC is used to continuously switch between the two networks and automatically search for the network. Because the switching time is very short, such as the frequency of one thousandth of a millisecond, The user cannot feel that the network is switched, which is equivalent to realizing that two cards are in working condition at the same time.
  • dual-card dual-standby priority fuse mechanism In dual-card dual-standby terminal equipment, we can define the concept of primary and secondary cards.
  • the primary card can be the SIM card that carries data services in the current communication connection between the terminal equipment and the network, and the secondary card is another one that is not used to carry data services.
  • SIM cards For example, if the current primary card is set to be the first SIM card and the secondary card is the second SIM card, the first SIM card is used to carry user plane data transmission and reception and uses the traffic corresponding to the first telecommunications operator and may generate calculations.
  • the second SIM card has no user-plane data interaction for the time being. Both the first SIM card and the second SIM card remain connected to the network side so that they can monitor and respond to network paging messages, such as voice access requests, etc.
  • the one SIM card and the second SIM card can be in the standby state at the same time.
  • the switching of the SIM card or the switching of the SIM card mentioned below essentially changes the priority order of multiple SIM cards for data/voice services, and may also be referred to as the switching of primary and secondary SIM cards.
  • the aforementioned baseband chip means that it can be used to synthesize the baseband signal to be transmitted and decode the received baseband signal.
  • the audio signal is compiled into a baseband code; when receiving a signal, the baseband code is decoded into an audio signal.
  • the baseband chip is also responsible for the compilation of address information, text information, and picture information.
  • the baseband chip is a very complex SOC.
  • the mainstream baseband chip supports multiple network standards, that is, supports all mobile networks and wireless network standards on a single baseband chip, including 2G, 3G, 4G and WiFi, etc. Modular mobile terminals can realize seamless roaming among multiple mobile networks and wireless networks worldwide.
  • the basic structure of most baseband chips is a microprocessor and a digital signal processor.
  • the microprocessor is the control center of the entire chip, most of which use ARM cores, and the DSP subsystem is responsible for baseband processing.
  • the baseband chip can be divided into five sub-blocks: CPU processor, channel encoder, digital signal processor, modem and interface module.
  • the baseband chip has a variety of functions, and the normal work of each function is configured and coordinated through a microprocessor.
  • the baseband chip is centered on the ARM microprocessor. It controls and configures the peripheral function modules around the ARM microprocessor through the dedicated bus (AHB bus) of the ARM microprocessor.
  • These function modules mainly include GSM, WiFi, GPS, Bluetooth, DSP, memory, etc., and each functional module has an independent memory and address space, and their functions are independent of each other and do not affect each other.
  • the baseband chip itself has a power management chip.
  • Radio frequency is a core component of wireless communication equipment and a basic component that converts wireless electromagnetic wave signals and binary digital signals into each other.
  • the radio frequency is connected to the antenna (Antenna, ANT).
  • the antenna When receiving the signal, the antenna receives the radio frequency signal from the wireless channel, and when the signal is transmitted, the antenna radiates the radio frequency signal into the wireless channel.
  • Radio frequency can be divided into transmitting end (Transmit, TX) and receiving end (Receive, RX) according to function.
  • the main function of the transmitter is to modulate the analog baseband/IF signal into a radio frequency signal.
  • the main function of the receiving end is to demodulate the radio frequency signal received by the antenna into an analog baseband/IF signal.
  • radio frequency it can include power amplifier (PA), low noise amplifier (LNA), filter (Filters, FT), switch (Switches), duplexer (Duplexes), tuner ( Antenna Tuner, Power divider (PS) Circulator (CL), and Radio Frequency Integrated Circuit (RFIC).
  • the power amplifier is responsible for amplifying the radio frequency signal of the transmitting channel.
  • the filter is responsible for filtering the transmitted and received signals.
  • the low noise amplifier is responsible for amplifying the power of the received radio frequency signal, reducing the noise figure of the radio frequency path, and improving the receiving sensitivity index.
  • the radio frequency switch is responsible for switching between receiving and transmitting channels.
  • the duplexer is responsible for quasi-duplex switching and RF signal filtering of the receiving/sending channel.
  • the tuner is responsible for the channel selection, frequency change and amplification of the radio frequency signal.
  • the CL characteristic is forward conduction and reverse isolation.
  • the power divider has one input and two outputs, and is used to divide the power of the radio frequency signal into two evenly.
  • RFIC can also be called a wireless radio frequency chip. Depending on the configuration of the internal registers of the RFIC, RFIC can modulate and demodulate LTE signals in different frequency bands, such as transforming radio frequency signals into analog baseband/IF signals or transforming analog baseband/IF signals into radio frequency signals .
  • the radio frequency switch connects any one or several of the multiple radio frequency signals through the control logic to realize the switching of different types of paths, including the switching of receiving and transmitting, and the switching between different frequency bands, so as to achieve shared antennas and save The purpose of the end product cost.
  • Radio frequency switches can be divided into mobile communication conduction switches, WiFi switches, and antenna switches according to their uses; according to their structure, they can be divided into single-pole double-throw, single-pole multi-throw, and multi-pole multi-throw.
  • the terminal device usually needs to complete two major tasks in standby: the first is to send update messages based on conditions such as location/time to the network; the second is to periodically monitor and respond to paging messages sent by the network.
  • Dual-card dual-standby single-pass terminal equipment is usually equipped with a single radio frequency transmitter Tx and 2 radio frequency receivers Rx. At this stage, the industry's technical level has not yet achieved 1 Tx to send dual system information, nor has it achieved 2 Rx at the same time. Separately scheduled to different systems, so the standby of dual-card dual-standby single-pass terminal equipment is completed by the way of time slot switching.
  • a dual-card dual-standby terminal device can install two SIM cards (a first SIM card and a second SIM card), and the terminal is configured with one radio frequency transmitter TX and two radio frequency receivers RX.
  • the first SIM card and the second SIM card in the above-mentioned terminal can separately occupy and use one of the two radio frequency RX channels, and use one radio frequency TX in the terminal in time sharing.
  • the first SIM card uses the first radio frequency RX
  • the second SIM card uses the second radio frequency RX
  • the first SIM card and the second SIM card use the first radio frequency TX in time sharing.
  • the manager is coupled to the first SIM card interface and the second SIM card interface respectively, the manager is coupled to the processor, and the processor is connected to the radio frequency transceiver.
  • the foregoing processor may be a baseband processor (Base Band Processor, BBP).
  • the manager may send an uplink data packet related to the service of the first SIM card and an uplink data packet related to the service of the second SIM card to the processor.
  • the processor may send the uplink data packet to the corresponding network device through the first radio frequency TX according to the transmission priority of each uplink data packet of the first SIM card and the second SIM card on the first radio frequency TX.
  • the transmission priority rule is set by the terminal device, can be set manually by the user, or can be set according to other rules. For example, if the user sets the first SIM card to be used in priority to the second SIM card in the ordinary data service, the transmission priority of the uplink data packet sent by the first SIM card on the first radio frequency TX is higher than that of the uplink data packet sent by the second SIM card .
  • the priority of the call service is always higher than that of the data service. Therefore, if the wake-up paging request (call signaling packet) of the network device received by the terminal device is used to request the voice call service, the transmission priority of the uplink voice packet at the first radio frequency TX conference will be higher than that of the uplink data packet.
  • the situation where the terminal device switches between the primary and secondary SIM cards is shown in FIG. 1.
  • Switching between the primary and secondary SIM cards here means that the primary card is switched from the first SIM card to the second SIM card in the terminal settings, which is essentially the change in the transmission priority of the SIM card on the first radio frequency TX mentioned above.
  • the terminal equipment is first provided by the first telecommunications operator corresponding to the first SIM card to provide communication services, and at this time, the first network side equipment corresponding to the first telecommunications operator preferentially performs communication service transmission for the terminal equipment.
  • the terminal device changes to the second network side device corresponding to the second telecommunications operator to preferentially perform communication service transmission.
  • a dual-card dual-standby terminal device can install two SIM cards (the first SIM card and the second SIM card), and the terminal is equipped with two sets of baseband chips and two sets of radio frequencies, that is, there are two sets of baseband chips and two sets of radio frequencies.
  • RF transmitter TX and two RF receivers RX The first SIM card and the second SIM card in the above terminal can separately occupy and use one of the two sets of radio frequencies.
  • the first SIM card uses the first radio frequency TX and the first radio frequency RX
  • the second SIM card uses the second radio frequency TX and the second radio frequency RX.
  • the terminal device realizes dual-card dual-standby dual-communication.
  • the first SIM card establishes a first communication connection with the first telecommunications operator network through the first radio frequency
  • the second SIM card establishes a second communication connection with the second telecommunications operator network through the second radio frequency.
  • Two communication connections, the first communication connection and the second communication connection can be in working state at the same time and do not affect each other.
  • This application will discuss the application of the communication system described in FIG. 1 in a high-speed mobile scenario, especially an application in a high-speed rail scenario.
  • High-speed railways are now one of the important ways for citizens of various countries to travel, especially in China, which is currently the country with the longest coverage in the world. Users generate communication demands during high-speed rail journeys.
  • Various telecom operators will build communication coverage base stations on existing high-speed rail lines to provide communication services.
  • China has three major telecom operators, namely China Mobile, China Unicom, and China Telecom. Due to differences in the funds, network planning, and network optimization of various telecom operators, there will be a certain same area.
  • the first telecom operator has a wider network coverage and a relatively better user experience, while the second telecom operator's network does not have coverage. The arrival or signal is poor, and the user experience is relatively poor.
  • the subscriber identification module is a credential card used by a telecom operator to identify a user, and is also called a user identification card.
  • the SIM card can be used to access the telecom operator for communication services.
  • the dual-card dual-standby terminal device means that the terminal device can install two SIM cards at the same time, and the two SIM cards can be in a standby state at the same time.
  • many models of mobile phones in the Chinese mobile phone market support dual-SIM and dual-standby. Users who use dual-SIM and dual-standby phones usually choose two SIM cards of different telecom operators and choose to use the communication services of a certain telecom operator according to their needs.
  • On terminal equipment users usually use a default SIM card for data communication.
  • the user can manually switch the SIM card used to switch to the communication network of another telecom operator.
  • Such a function is installed in some terminal operating systems, and the user can set on the terminal device to automatically switch the SIM card to the SIM card of the telecom operator with the best communication quality at the moment.
  • the user terminal equipment may switch the communication service of the telecom operator at a high frequency, which causes the terminal equipment to communicate
  • the service has problems such as ping-pong handover, high rebuild rate, and high call drop rate.
  • This application provides a communication method and device in a high-speed mobile scenario, a cloud communication method, a cloud server, and a communication system, which are used to solve the problem of high-frequency handover caused by telecommunication operators of multiple SIM card terminal devices in the high-speed mobile scenario.
  • the problem of unstable communication services is a problem of unstable communication services.
  • the cloud server intelligently selects the best telecom operator in the line area through big data learning, generates the "high-speed railway line-telecom operator" mapping table, that is, the first mapping table, and sends it to terminal.
  • the high-speed rail mode is a function and service loaded on the terminal equipment, which can automatically switch between the primary and secondary SIM cards according to the method provided in this application to use the telecom operator with the best communication service.
  • the terminal device When the terminal device is in the high-speed rail mode, based on the prior information of the telecom operator's communication situation and the big data learning result of the cloud server, that is, the "high-speed rail line-telecom operator" mapping table pushed by the cloud server, multi-SIM card terminal equipment It can automatically switch to a telecom operator with better communication conditions to ensure that the terminal device is always in the optimal communication state, and the terminal device user gets a better communication experience.
  • the above-mentioned communication methods, related equipment and communication systems in the high-speed mobile scenario will be described in detail below, and will not be repeated here.
  • the above-mentioned "high-speed railway line-telecom operator" mapping table can be as shown in Table 1.
  • the table can include the high-speed railway line identification, area identification, the switching sequence of the area, and the corresponding telecom operator identification of the area, as well as the positioning data of the position of each point in each area.
  • the area here refers to the division of the high-speed railway line into continuous High-speed rail path segments.
  • Each high-speed rail path segment corresponds to a telecom operator with the best communication condition on the high-speed rail path.
  • This continuous high-speed rail path segment is referred to as an area here.
  • Each area can contain multiple cells, which can be covered by the base station signals of one or more telecommunication operators. Among them, a cell is also called a cell, which refers to a base station or a part of a base station in a cellular mobile communication system ( Sector antenna) within this range, the mobile station can reliably communicate with the base station through the wireless channel.
  • Sector antenna cellular mobile communication system
  • first high-speed railway line may be covered by the first area and the second area.
  • the area and the third area are covered, and the switching sequence of the areas is: first area ⁇ second area ⁇ third area. ⁇ Indicates the switching direction, that is, when the terminal device moves at a high speed on the first high-speed railway line, it switches from the first area to the second area, and then switches from the second area to the third area.
  • the second high-speed railway line can be covered by the first area, the second area, the fourth area, and the fifth area, and the switching sequence of the areas is: the first area ⁇ the second area ⁇ the fourth area ⁇ the fifth area.
  • the third high-speed railway line can be covered by the first area, the second area, the fourth area, and the sixth area, and the switching sequence of the areas is: the first area ⁇ the second area ⁇ the fourth area ⁇ the sixth area.
  • Each area corresponds to a telecom operator with the best communication quality within the area.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a competitive random access (RRC connection) process in the prior art involved in the communication system of this application, which is mainly divided into four steps:
  • Random access preamble random access preamble
  • the terminal device selects the random access code preamble (random access preamble) and the physical random access channel (PRACH) of the random access resource, and sends the selected random access code to the base station on the selected PRACH resource preamble.
  • PRACH physical random access channel
  • a specific preamble and/or PRACH resource is reserved for the system message request based on the step S101 message.
  • Random access response (random access response).
  • the base station receives the random access request and sends a random access response to the terminal.
  • the random access response includes the uplink timing advance, the uplink resource UL grant allocated in the step S103 message, and the temporary cell wireless network temporary identification ( cell radio network temporary identifier, C-RNTI).
  • the physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) that carries the scheduling message in the step S102 message is scrambled with RA-RNTI (indicating the resource block used by the user to send the random access preamble), and the step S102 message also carries the preamble ID.
  • the terminal determines through the RA-RNTI and the preamble ID that the step S102 message corresponds to the step S101 message sent by it.
  • the step S102 message only contains the preamble ID information corresponding to the step S101 message, and there is no other content.
  • the random access process ends with the step S102 message, that is, if the received step S102 message contains the preamble ID corresponding to the preamble sent by the step S101 message, it is considered to be based on the step S102 message.
  • the system message request process of the S101 message is completed.
  • the terminal sends uplink transmission on the UL grant specified in the step S102 message.
  • the content of the uplink transmission of the step S103 message for different random access reasons is different, such as initial access.
  • the step S103 message transmits an RRC connection establishment request.
  • the terminal can judge whether the random access is successful according to the message in step S104.
  • the temporary C-RNTI is automatically converted into the unique terminal identification C-RNTI of the terminal in the cell after the contention is resolved successfully.
  • Figure 3 exemplarily shows a communication area coverage scenario on a high-speed railway line.
  • the high-speed railway line between the high-speed railway station A and the high-speed railway station B is covered by multiple base stations of different telecommunication operators, and is used to provide services for terminal equipment moving on the high-speed railway line.
  • a base station is a public mobile communication base station. It is an interface device for mobile terminal equipment to access the Internet. It is also a form of radio station. It refers to a certain radio coverage area through a mobile communication switching center to communicate with mobile terminal equipment. Radio transceiver station for information transmission.
  • the high-speed rail line is divided into continuous high-speed rail path segments, and each high-speed rail path segment corresponds to a telecommunication operator with the best communication condition on the high-speed rail path, and this continuous high-speed rail path
  • the fragment is called a region here.
  • Each area can contain one or more cells, which can be covered by the base station signals of one or more telecommunication operators.
  • a cell is also called a cell, which refers to a base station or a part of a base station in a cellular mobile communication system. (Sector antenna) Covers the range within which the mobile station can reliably communicate with the base station through the wireless channel.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device turns on the high-speed rail mode, the terminal device can obtain path information, and then determine based on the path information based on a communication method in a high-speed mobile scenario and a method of generating a mapping table provided by this application Area, and switch between primary and secondary SIM cards.
  • the path information acquired by the terminal device at least includes path information of the movement route of the terminal device.
  • the path information of a route may include the switching sequence of multiple areas on the route and the information of each area.
  • the area information can include the operator, frequency band, ID, latitude, longitude, TAC (tracking area code), cell ID (cell identification) of the cell corresponding to the area, frequency band, base station (eNobeB), etc., or the ECI of the cell Such as the identity used to uniquely identify the cell.
  • ECI represents the ID composed of the ID of the base station (eNobeB) to which the cell belongs and the CELL ID of the cell.
  • the first high-speed railway line between the high-speed rail station A and the high-speed rail station B may be covered by the first area, the second area, and the third area.
  • the path information acquired by the terminal device includes at least the path information of the first high-speed rail line.
  • the path information of the first high-speed railway line includes the information of the first area, the second area, and the third area, and the switching sequence of the three areas.
  • the switching sequence of the three areas is: first area ⁇ second area ⁇ third area, where ⁇ represents the switching direction, that is, the terminal device moves at high speed on the first high-speed railway line , Switch from the first area to the second area, and then switch from the second area to the third area.
  • the terminal device can determine the area where it currently resides (the current area), the next area that is about to enter, and the previous area of the current area based on the area switching sequence in the path information and the identifier corresponding to each area identifier, so that the terminal equipment can be in the corresponding area. Switch between neighboring areas.
  • the terminal device currently resides in the first area, and the next area that it will pass is the second area.
  • the terminal device detects that it is about to enter the second area, it can prepare to switch to the second area in advance.
  • the terminal device detects that the terminal device currently resides in the second area, and the terminal device detects that the next area to be passed is the third area, it can prepare to switch to the third area in advance.
  • each area information may also include the switching priority of the communication system in the area, which is used to select the network with the highest priority according to the priority information when the terminal device detects multiple network standards belonging to the next area The system is switched.
  • the switching priority of the communication system in the area For example, in the same communication state, you can set 5G communication as the first priority, 4G communication as the second priority, 3G communication as the third priority, and 2G communication as the fourth priority.
  • the first priority is the first priority.
  • the second priority, the third priority, and the fourth priority are selected.
  • the second priority is selected before the third priority and the fourth priority.
  • the third priority is selected before the fourth priority.
  • the terminal device can obtain path information in a variety of ways.
  • the cloud server can actively push the path information to the terminal device that has activated the high-speed rail mode. That is, when the terminal device turns on the high-speed rail mode, the terminal device can receive the route information pushed by the cloud server, where the pushed route information can be a route information set, and the route information set includes the route information of multiple routes. The route includes the movement route of the terminal device.
  • the switching order of the areas is: first area ⁇ second area ⁇ fourth area ⁇ fifth area.
  • the switching order of the areas is: first area ⁇ second area ⁇ fourth area ⁇ sixth area.
  • the path information pushed by the cloud server includes the first high-speed railway line, the second high-speed railway line, and the high-speed railway line for the time being. Route information of the third highest railway line.
  • the first high-speed railway line is the mobile route of the terminal equipment.
  • the corresponding path information may be pre-stored in the terminal device. After the terminal device turns on the high-speed rail mode, it can find the corresponding route information locally based on its location.
  • the path information stored by the terminal device may also be a path information collection.
  • the terminal device detects that the terminal device is located at high-speed railway station A, and can search for the path information set corresponding to high-speed railway station A from the locally stored path information.
  • the path information set corresponding to high-speed railway station A may include path information of multiple high-speed railway lines starting from high-speed railway station A, for example, including path information of the first high-speed railway line, the second high-speed railway line, and the third high-speed railway line.
  • the first high-speed railway line is the mobile route of the terminal equipment.
  • the terminal device may request path information from the network side device. For example, after the terminal device turns on the high-speed rail mode, the terminal device is allowed to read the short message notification sent by the railway service center, so as to obtain the itinerary information of the terminal device, including the train number. The terminal device sends a request letter carrying the vehicle number to the cloud server to request the cloud server to issue path information corresponding to the vehicle number.
  • the high-speed railway line corresponding to the train number obtained by the terminal device is the first high-speed railway line
  • the cloud server issues path information of the first high-speed railway line to the terminal device, so that the terminal device can obtain an accurate high-speed railway line.
  • this application describes a communication method provided by this application with reference to FIG. 5.
  • the first network device is the network side device of the first telecommunications operator
  • the second network device is the network side device of the second telecommunications operator.
  • the terminal device may perform user plane data interaction with the first network device through the first SIM card, and may also perform user plane data interaction with the second network device through the second SIM card.
  • the first network device and the second network device can be respectively connected to the Internet to exchange user plane data therewith.
  • the internet also known as the international network, refers to the huge network that is connected between networks. These networks are connected by a set of common protocols to form a logically single huge international network.
  • the terminal device After the user turns on, the two SIM cards of the dual-card dual-standby terminal device are registered and entered into the communication system of the corresponding telecom operator at the same time. After the terminal device turns on the high-speed rail mode, the terminal device will determine the location and determine Which area it belongs to under the current location, which in turn triggers the handover of the telecom operator. In an example, the terminal device travels from the first area to the second area, triggering the switching of the primary and secondary SIM cards, and the primary card of the terminal device is switched from the first SIM card to the second SIM card. Before the switching, the terminal device is provided by the first telecommunications operator corresponding to the first SIM card to provide data communication services. When the location of the terminal device changes and triggers area switching, the terminal device switches the main card from the first SIM card to the second SIM card. After the handover is completed, the terminal device is provided with data communication services by the second telecommunication operator corresponding to the second SIM card.
  • the process includes the following steps:
  • the first SIM card registers into the network, and establishes a first communication connection.
  • the terminal device starts to use the first SIM card, and the first SIM card requests access to the first base station of the corresponding first telecommunications operator system based on the network authentication data, and obtains the right to allow communication through the first telecommunications operator.
  • the terminal device establishes a first communication connection with the first network device through the first SIM card.
  • the second SIM card registers into the network, and establishes a second communication connection.
  • the terminal device starts to use the second SIM card, and the second SIM card requests to access the corresponding second base station of the second telecommunication operator system based on the network authentication data, and obtains the right to allow communication through the second telecommunication operator.
  • the terminal device establishes a second communication connection with the second network device through the second SIM card.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a terminal device display interface.
  • the terminal device displays an interface 60, and the top status bar can display the signal indicators of two telecom operators, that is, China Mobile
  • the signal identification 601 and the China Unicom signal identification 602 indicate that the two SIM cards of the terminal device have been logged into the communication network of the respective telecommunication operator and can perform communication services.
  • S203 Turn on the high-speed rail mode.
  • the terminal device turns on the high-speed rail mode, which can be manually turned on by the user, or the terminal device detects that it is currently in a high-speed rail section or detects that the current speed exceeds 200km/h, and then automatically turns on the high-speed rail mode. After the high-speed rail mode is turned on, the terminal device can perform the steps described in S204-S208.
  • S204 Determine the location. After the terminal device turns on the high-speed rail mode, the terminal device can continuously or intermittently determine the location information of the terminal device.
  • the method for determining the position can be satellite positioning, base station positioning, WIFI positioning, etc., such as GPS positioning, or the location can be determined through the PLMN, MAC, and CELL ID of the terminal device.
  • the terminal equipment chooses to use the first SIM card as the main card for communication services in the current area, and the first telecommunication operator provides communication services. There is a user interface between the terminal equipment and the first network equipment, and between the first network equipment and the Internet. Data interaction.
  • the area is changed.
  • the terminal device compares the current location information with the location information in the area identifier in the "high-speed railway section-telecom operator" mapping table pushed by the cloud server.
  • the terminal device initiates SIM card switching.
  • the first distance value can be a shorter distance from the second area, such as 1KM; in addition, the first distance value can be 0 or a negative distance.
  • the distance value is 0 or a negative distance, it means that the terminal device has left the first area and entered The second area.
  • the terminal device triggers an instruction to switch the SIM card.
  • S207 Switch the primary and secondary SIM cards.
  • the mapping table shows that the communication network of the first telecommunication operator should be switched to the communication network of the second telecommunication operator with better communication quality.
  • the terminal device initiates a primary and secondary SIM card switching, and the primary card is switched from the first SIM card to the second SIM card.
  • the essence of switching on the hardware side of the terminal device may be that the radio frequency TX is changed from being connected to the first SIM card with a higher priority than the second SIM card to that the radio frequency TX is connected to the second SIM card with a higher priority than the first SIM card.
  • the terminal device is changed from the first communication connection to carry the data service to the second communication connection to carry the data service.
  • the first telecommunication operator preferentially provides data communication services to the terminal equipment
  • the second telecommunication operator preferentially provides data communication services to the terminal equipment.
  • the terminal device Before the terminal device initiates the switching of the primary and secondary SIM cards, it can detect whether the terminal device has an ongoing voice service. If not, the terminal device initiates a handover. If the terminal device is performing a voice service, it needs to wait for the end of the call before the terminal device initiates the switch between primary and secondary SIM cards.
  • S208 user plane data (second SIM card).
  • the terminal device chooses to use the second SIM card as the main card for communication services in the current area, and the second telecommunication operator provides communication services.
  • the quality of the communication service provided by the second telecommunication operator in the second area is better than the quality of the communication service provided by the first telecommunication operator in the second area.
  • the terminal device has a high-speed rail mode, and the user can manually or automatically turn on the high-speed rail mode of the terminal device.
  • the high-speed rail function of the terminal device is turned on, so that the strategy of switching between primary and secondary SIM cards in the high-speed mobile scenario provided by the high-speed rail mode can be realized.
  • Figure 7 exemplarily shows a schematic diagram of a terminal device display interface.
  • the terminal device can display a menu bar for high-speed rail mode in the setting interface, and the setting interface can also include conventional setting menu bars, such as menu bars for Bluetooth, flight mode, wireless LAN, sound, etc. .
  • the terminal device can display the high-speed rail mode icon in the shortcut control interface.
  • the shortcut control interface can quickly call up the interface of commonly used function control icons through user-specific gesture operations. Gesture operations can be swiping down from the top of the screen of the terminal device, or swiping up from the bottom of the screen of the terminal device, and there is no restriction here.
  • the shortcut control interface may include icons for conventional functions to implement shortcut operations of related functions, such as Bluetooth, flight mode, wireless local area network, brightness, sound, flashlight, lock screen and other icons.
  • the terminal device When the terminal device detects the user's related operations on the setting interface or the quick control interface, for example, the user touches or clicks the "high-speed rail mode" icon on the setting interface or the quick control interface, etc., and detects that the user needs to turn on the high-speed rail mode, the terminal device can Ask the user through a pop-up window whether to open the high-speed rail mode.
  • the terminal device detects that the switch key of the high-speed rail mode menu bar as shown in Figure 7 (a) is turned on, or detects that the high-speed rail mode icon is lit as shown in Figure 4 (b), and the terminal device A pop-up window as shown in (c) in Figure 7 can be displayed, displaying the inquiry message "Are you sure to turn on the high-speed rail mode?", and the selection keys for "Yes” and "No".
  • the terminal device detects that the user clicks "Yes"
  • the terminal device turns on the high-speed rail mode.
  • the terminal device may also display a menu bar and/or an icon for speed detection to provide a function of automatically detecting the speed.
  • Figure 8 exemplarily shows a schematic diagram of another terminal device display interface.
  • the terminal device can display a menu bar for speed detection in the setting interface.
  • the terminal device detects that the user is in this
  • the switch key of the menu bar of the speed detection is turned on on the setting interface
  • the terminal device can start to detect the moving speed of the terminal device in real time.
  • the terminal device may display an icon for speed detection in the shortcut control interface.
  • the terminal device detects that the user selects the speed detection icon on the quick control interface, the terminal device can start to detect the moving speed of the terminal device in real time.
  • the terminal device can measure the moving speed in real time through a built-in positioning system, such as global positioning system (GPS), BeiDou navigation satellite system (BDS), GLONASS satellite Navigation system, Galileo satellite navigation system, etc.
  • a built-in positioning system such as global positioning system (GPS), BeiDou navigation satellite system (BDS), GLONASS satellite Navigation system, Galileo satellite navigation system, etc.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device is located on the high-speed rail, it can use short-range communication technologies, such as Bluetooth (Bluetooth), wireless fidelity (WiFi), near field communication (NFC), Hilink protocol, optical fidelity Technology (light fidelity, LiFi), etc. establish a short-distance communication connection with the high-speed rail, and then obtain the speed information shared by the high-speed rail, and determine the moving speed of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device can also determine its location based on the PLMN, TAC number, CELL ID and other base station positioning.
  • the terminal device When the terminal device detects that the moving speed of the terminal device exceeds the first speed and continues to exceed the first time, it can display the inquiry message whether to open the high-speed rail mode through a pop-up window, which is used to ask the user whether to open the high-speed rail mode.
  • the first The speed can be 200Km/h
  • the first time can be 2 seconds.
  • the pop-up window displays the inquiry message "The current speed reaches 200Km/h, do you want to turn on the high-speed rail mode?", as well as "Yes” and " No” selection key.
  • the terminal device detects that the user clicks "Yes", the terminal device turns on the high-speed rail mode.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device detects that the moving speed exceeds the first speed per hour and continues to exceed the first time, the terminal device can also automatically turn on the high-speed rail mode without asking the user through a pop-up window.
  • the terminal device can automatically turn off the high-speed rail mode, or pass A pop-up window asks the user whether to turn off the high-speed rail mode.
  • an inquiry interface can be popped up on the terminal device, as shown in Figure 9, a warm prompt inquiry pop-up window can be popped up, and the inquiry sentence can be In Figure 9(a), "Dear user, we have detected that you are currently in high-speed rail mode and are using China Unicom's SIM card. For a better communication experience, we suggest you switch to China Mobile's SIM card. Do you agree?" , And "Yes" and “No” options.
  • the query sentence can also be "Dear user, we have identified that you are currently on the XX high-speed rail line.
  • AI Big Data recommends that you switch to the XX operator's SIM card for you to experience a better communication network.” Agree", and "Yes” and “No” options.
  • the keywords in the pop-up box can present but are not limited to: high-speed rail, switch SIM card, improve experience, switch operator, AI big data and other words.
  • the terminal device can switch between the primary and secondary SIM cards. If the user chooses not to agree, the terminal device does not change the current SIM card settings. In addition, you can also set the option of "Don't prompt again", and the user can choose to let the terminal device automatically switch between the primary and secondary SIM cards without being disturbed.
  • the terminal device can also autonomously detect the high-speed rail dedicated network.
  • the terminal device can automatically turn on the high-speed rail mode, or it can ask the user whether to turn on the high-speed rail mode by displaying a pop-up window.
  • the pop-up window can display the inquiry message "I have entered the high-speed rail dedicated network, do you want to turn on the high-speed rail mode?", and the selection buttons for "Yes” and "No".
  • the terminal device detects that the user clicks "Yes"
  • the terminal device turns on the high-speed rail mode.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device turns on the high-speed rail mode, the high-speed rail function of the terminal device is turned on, and the terminal device can obtain the path information of the high-speed rail section, and then switch between the primary and secondary SIM cards based on the switching strategy provided by the high-speed rail function.
  • FIG. 10 is a block diagram of a communication system based on big data learning provided by this application.
  • the terminal device supports "high-speed rail mode” recognition, including but not limited to manual selection of the high-speed rail mode icon/menu, and automatic recognition through methods such as the magnetic field/acceleration sensor of the terminal device.
  • the terminal equipment in the "high-speed rail mode” will automatically report the situation of dropped calls, dropped calls, freezes, disconnections, delays, network speeds, and telecom operators using a certain SIM card, and also reports the latitude and longitude of the terminal equipment. , TAC (tracking area code), CELL ID and other location marking information, as well as the frequent switching of telecom operators.
  • the cloud network side device of the communication system may include a cloud storage server, a cloud communication server, and a cloud policy generation server.
  • the cloud storage server can be used to obtain and store a large number of communication quality reports reported by multiple terminal devices.
  • each communication quality report contains multiple pieces of information, which can include the drop rate, drop rate, stall rate, disconnect rate, delay time (ms), network rate (mb) corresponding to the SIM card in the terminal device. /s) and other call quality information, location marking information such as latitude and longitude, TAC (tracking area code), CELL ID, etc., as well as the frequent switching of telecom operators, the corresponding telecom operator identification, etc.
  • Mass can refer to the number of millions, tens of millions and above.
  • the cloud policy generation server allows access to the cloud storage server and obtains relevant data reported by the terminal device to the cloud storage server.
  • the cloud strategy generation server can be based on the big data learning mechanism, based on the location labeling information such as latitude and longitude, and perform filtering, clustering and other big data learning calculation methods according to the abnormal information reported by the terminal equipment, and it is concluded that the optimal communication can be provided on the high-speed rail path.
  • Experienced telecom operators (differentiating standards), and then import the generated optimal "telecommunications operator + network standard" logo into the cloud communication server, and many "telecommunications operators + network standard” logos form a "high railway line-telecom operator" mapping table.
  • the cloud server generates the "high-speed railway line-telecom operator" mapping table in the area according to the communication quality parameters in the communication quality report reported by the terminal equipment in the area.
  • the cloud strategy generation server will generate a mapping table according to each high-speed railway line, and constantly update the "high-speed railway line-telecom operator" mapping table based on new communication information.
  • the mapping table includes the identities of multiple regions and the identities of telecommunication operators corresponding to each of the multiple regions.
  • the area information contains the positioning data of each point in the area.
  • a telecom operator corresponding to an area may provide a communication service with a communication quality higher than a first threshold in the area, and the first threshold may be a medium corresponding to a good communication service.
  • the communication quality above the first threshold is all at an excellent level, which is not much different from the user experience.
  • other parameters can be used to select more suitable telecom operators.
  • the specific parameters and the first threshold can be adjusted according to the actual situation, and there is no limitation here.
  • the cloud communication server is used to push the "high-speed rail line-telecom operator” mapping table (the first mapping table) to the terminal equipment that has activated the high-speed rail mode.
  • the "high-speed rail line-telecom operator” mapping table can include the most recent road section where the terminal device is located. Optimize the identification information of "telecommunications operator + network standard”.
  • a communication method may be as shown in FIG. 11, and the specific steps of the method include:
  • the user turns on the high-speed rail mode.
  • the user turns on the high-speed rail mode on the terminal device by manually turning it on, or it may be set to trigger the automatic turning on when the terminal device detects relevant information.
  • S302 Log in to the cloud storage server. After the terminal device turns on the high-speed rail mode, it logs in to the cloud storage server with its ID.
  • S303 Log in to the cloud communication server. After the terminal device turns on the high-speed rail mode, it logs in to the cloud communication server with its ID.
  • the terminal device sends location information and communication quality information to the cloud storage server, where the information described here refers to the content of each information sent by each terminal device, which may include the current SIM card’s corresponding drop rate, drop rate, Call quality parameters such as stall rate, disconnection rate, delay time (ms), network rate (mb/s), and corresponding location information such as telecom operator, latitude and longitude, TAC (tracking area code), CELL ID, etc., And the frequent handover of telecom operators, etc.
  • the frequent handover of telecom operators here can be understood as the number of handovers of telecom operators in the first time.
  • the first time can be 30 seconds, 1 minute, or 2 minutes, depending on the situation. It is understandable that there will be a large number of terminal devices that turn on the high-speed rail mode to send information to the cloud storage.
  • the cloud storage server accepts and stores location information and communication quality information sent by a large number of terminal devices. It is understandable that among the large amount of information collected by the cloud storage server, multiple pieces of information are collected for each high-speed railway line. For example, if the cloud storage server can receive the information reported by the terminal device that ends at high-speed rail station B, the information collected by the cloud storage server includes information for each high-speed rail route that ends at high-speed rail station B.
  • the cloud storage server sends the collected location information and communication quality information to the cloud strategy generation server.
  • the cloud strategy generation server After the cloud strategy generation server receives the information sent by the cloud storage server, it can use the big data learning mechanism to generate the identification information of the "telecom operator + network standard" that can provide the best communication experience on this section of the high-speed rail path, forming a "high-speed rail line” -Telecom operators” mapping table.
  • the cloud strategy generation server uses a big data learning mechanism, takes the communication quality information collected by the cloud storage server as input, based on the location labeling information such as latitude and longitude, and performs filtering and clustering calculations based on the communication quality information reported by the terminal device to generate
  • the identification information of the “telecom operator + network standard” that can provide the best communication experience on this section of the high-speed rail path, forming a mapping table corresponding to the optimal telecom operator/network standard for each high-speed rail path segment, that is, "high-speed rail line-telecom operation" Quotient” mapping table.
  • the cloud strategy generation server can divide the acquired large amount of handover information to obtain the communication information corresponding to each high-speed railway line. Then for each high-speed railway line, the big data learning mechanism is used to calculate the communication information, and the telecommunication operator switching information of each high-speed railway line is generated or optimized.
  • the cloud strategy generation server sends the "high-speed railway line-telecom operator" mapping table to the cloud communication server.
  • the cloud communication server regularly pushes the "high-speed rail line-telecom operator" mapping table to terminal devices that have activated the high-speed rail mode. It is understandable that the cloud communication server can replace the locally stored telecommunication operator switching information corresponding to the high-speed railway line every time it receives the path information sent by the cloud strategy generation server. Then, after detecting the terminal device that has turned on the high-speed rail mode, the telecommunication operator switching information is pushed to the terminal device.
  • regular refers to the second time interval, which can be every 12 hours, every other day, every other week, etc. It can be adjusted according to the situation, and there is no restriction here. Regular push is to avoid the time delay caused by real-time communication and to avoid the failure of the cloud server to cause communication failure.
  • S310 Switch between the primary and secondary SIM cards according to the first mapping table.
  • the terminal device with the high-speed rail mode turned on is based on the positioning information, and performs the primary and secondary SIM card switching according to the "telecommunications operator + network standard" identification message in the "high-speed railway line-telecom operator" mapping table sent by the cloud communication server.
  • the user manually turns on the high-speed rail mode on the terminal device or the terminal device automatically turns on the high-speed rail mode.
  • the terminal device is in the high-speed rail mode, and the terminal device BP (baseband processor, baseband processor) Chip)
  • the MODEM (modem) of the module obtains the residency information of the current cell, which can include PLMN (public land mobile network), TAC, CELL ID, etc., and sends it to the high-level AP (application processor, application chip) of the terminal device ) Module.
  • PLMN public land mobile network
  • TAC public land mobile network
  • CELL ID etc.
  • the AP module of the terminal device After the AP module of the terminal device receives the PLMN, TAC, CELLID and other information sent by the BP module, it searches the "High Railway Line-Telecom Operator" mapping table inside the AP module.
  • "High-speed rail line-telecom operator” mapping table refers to the mapping table corresponding to the optimal telecommunication operator/standard for each high-speed rail path segment (ie region).
  • the mapping table is pushed to the terminal device by the cloud communication server of the network side device .
  • the terminal device finds the corresponding telecom operator and its network standard on the current high-speed rail path segment with the best communication conditions, and switches between the primary and secondary SIM cards.
  • the cloud strategy generation server calculates the relevant communication information of different telecom operators based on the big data learning mechanism, and generates or optimizes the "high-speed railway line-telecom operator" mapping table.
  • Specific methods that can be used can be clustering algorithms, regression statistical algorithms, weighted average calculations, etc., which are not limited here, and are based on being able to achieve the results to be achieved in this application.
  • the cloud strategy generation server may use a clustering algorithm, take communication quality information collected by a cloud database as input, mark information based on locations such as latitude and longitude, and perform filtering and calculation based on the communication quality information reported by the terminal device. , Generate the identification information of "telecommunications operator + network standard" that can provide the best communication experience on the high-speed rail path, and form a mapping table corresponding to the optimal telecom operator/network standard for each segment of the high-speed rail path.
  • the cloud strategy generation server can also use a weighted average calculation method to assign different weights to different communication quality information according to the different functions required by the current scenario, and then generate a comprehensive index. For example, if the current scenario requires more bandwidth, bandwidth-related parameters If the weight of the delay is increased, and a shorter delay is required in another scenario, the weight of the delay-related parameters is increased.
  • Fig. 12 is a flow chart of a method for big data calculation provided by this application. As shown in Fig. 12, the specific steps include:
  • the cloud strategy generation server extracts the data needed for calculation from the original database of the cloud storage server.
  • the data can include the call drop rate, call drop rate, jam rate, and delay time (ms) corresponding to each SIM card sent by each terminal device. ), network rate (mb/s) and other communication quality information, as well as corresponding telecommunication operators, latitude and longitude, TAC (tracking area code), CELL ID and other location marking information, as well as the frequent switching of telecommunication operators.
  • the cloud strategy generation server can perform data screening and build a communication quality database based on the location of the high-speed rail path.
  • the communication quality database contains a large number of cell locations and communication quality information corresponding to each cell location, including call drop rate, call drop rate, and stall rate , Delay time (ms), network speed (mb/s), handover conditions, etc.
  • the cloud strategy generation server classifies the data in the communication quality database to generate a feature data set as the input data of the clustering algorithm.
  • the cloud strategy generation server can input the characteristic data set into the clustering algorithm to generate "telecom operator + network standard" identification information.
  • the cloud strategy generation server divides the node set according to the generated "telecommunications operator + network standard" identification information, looks for the connected graph in the node set, generates the minimum spanning tree (Prim algorithm) based on the undirected graph, and then selects the minimum spanning tree Extract paths and form regions, and each region corresponds to a telecom operator with the best communication quality.
  • FIG. 13 shows a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device 1300.
  • the terminal device 1300 may include a processor 1310, an external memory interface 1320, an internal memory 1321, a universal serial bus (USB) interface 1330, a charging management module 1340, a power management module 1341, a battery 1342, an antenna 1, and an antenna 2.
  • Mobile communication module 1350 wireless communication module 1360, audio module 1370, speaker 1370A, receiver 1370B, microphone 1370C, earphone jack 1370D, sensor module 1380, buttons 1390, motor 1391, indicator 1392, camera 1393, display 1394, and Subscriber identification module (subscriber identification module, SIM) card interface 1395, etc.
  • SIM Subscriber identification module
  • the sensor module 1380 can include pressure sensor 1380A, gyroscope sensor 1380B, air pressure sensor 1380C, magnetic sensor 1380D, acceleration sensor 1380E, distance sensor 1380F, proximity light sensor 1380G, fingerprint sensor 1380H, temperature sensor 1380J, touch sensor 1380K, ambient light Sensor 1380L, bone conduction sensor 1380M, etc.
  • the structure illustrated in the embodiment of the present invention does not constitute a specific limitation on the terminal device 1300.
  • the terminal device 1300 may include more or fewer components than shown in the figure, or combine certain components, or split certain components, or arrange different components.
  • the illustrated components can be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of software and hardware.
  • the processor 1310 may include one or more processing units.
  • the processor 1310 may include an application processor (AP), a modem processor, a graphics processing unit (GPU), and an image signal processor. (image signal processor, ISP), controller, memory, video codec, digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), baseband processor, and/or neural-network processing unit (NPU) Wait.
  • AP application processor
  • modem processor modem processor
  • GPU graphics processing unit
  • image signal processor image signal processor
  • ISP image signal processor
  • controller memory
  • video codec digital signal processor
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • NPU neural-network processing unit
  • the different processing units may be independent devices or integrated in one or more processors.
  • the controller may be the nerve center and command center of the terminal device 1300.
  • the controller can generate operation control signals according to the instruction operation code and timing signals to complete the control of fetching instructions and executing instructions.
  • a memory may also be provided in the processor 1310 to store instructions and data.
  • the memory in the processor 1310 is a cache memory.
  • the memory can store instructions or data that have just been used or recycled by the processor 1310. If the processor 1310 needs to use the instruction or data again, it can be directly called from the memory. Repeated accesses are avoided, the waiting time of the processor 1310 is reduced, and the efficiency of the system is improved.
  • the processor 1310 may include one or more interfaces.
  • the interface may include an integrated circuit (inter-integrated circuit, I2C) interface, an integrated circuit built-in audio (inter-integrated circuit sound, I2S) interface, a pulse code modulation (pulse code modulation, PCM) interface, and a universal asynchronous transmitter/receiver (universal asynchronous) interface.
  • I2C integrated circuit
  • I2S integrated circuit built-in audio
  • PCM pulse code modulation
  • PCM pulse code modulation
  • UART universal asynchronous transmitter/receiver
  • MIPI mobile industry processor interface
  • GPIO general-purpose input/output
  • SIM subscriber identity module
  • USB Universal Serial Bus
  • the I2C interface is a bidirectional synchronous serial bus, including a serial data line (SDA) and a serial clock line (SCL).
  • the processor 1310 may include multiple sets of I2C buses.
  • the processor 1310 may be coupled to the touch sensor 1380K, charger, flash, camera 1393, etc., through different I2C bus interfaces.
  • the processor 1310 may couple the touch sensor 1380K through an I2C interface, so that the processor 1310 and the touch sensor 1380K communicate through an I2C bus interface to realize the touch function of the terminal device 1300.
  • the I2S interface can be used for audio communication.
  • the processor 1310 may include multiple sets of I2S buses.
  • the processor 1310 may be coupled with the audio module 1370 through an I2S bus to implement communication between the processor 1310 and the audio module 1370.
  • the audio module 1370 can transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 1360 through the I2S interface, so as to realize the function of answering calls through the Bluetooth headset.
  • the PCM interface can also be used for audio communication to sample, quantize and encode analog signals.
  • the audio module 1370 and the wireless communication module 1360 may be coupled through a PCM bus interface.
  • the audio module 1370 may also transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 1360 through the PCM interface, so as to realize the function of answering calls through the Bluetooth headset. Both the I2S interface and the PCM interface can be used for audio communication.
  • the UART interface is a universal serial data bus used for asynchronous communication.
  • the bus can be a two-way communication bus. It converts the data to be transmitted between serial communication and parallel communication.
  • the UART interface is generally used to connect the processor 1310 and the wireless communication module 1360.
  • the processor 1310 communicates with the Bluetooth module in the wireless communication module 1360 through the UART interface to realize the Bluetooth function.
  • the audio module 1370 may transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 1360 through the UART interface, so as to realize the function of playing music through the Bluetooth headset.
  • the MIPI interface can be used to connect the processor 1310 with the display 1394, camera 1393 and other peripheral devices.
  • the MIPI interface includes a camera serial interface (camera serial interface, CSI), a display serial interface (display serial interface, DSI), and so on.
  • the processor 1310 and the camera 1393 communicate through a CSI interface to implement the shooting function of the terminal device 1300.
  • the processor 1310 and the display screen 1394 communicate through the DSI interface to realize the display function of the terminal device 1300.
  • the GPIO interface can be configured through software.
  • the GPIO interface can be configured as a control signal or as a data signal.
  • the GPIO interface can be used to connect the processor 1310 with the camera 1393, the display screen 1394, the wireless communication module 1360, the audio module 1370, the sensor module 1380, and so on.
  • the GPIO interface can also be configured as an I2C interface, I2S interface, UART interface, MIPI interface, etc.
  • the USB interface 1330 is an interface that complies with the USB standard specifications, and specifically can be a Mini USB interface, a Micro USB interface, a USB Type C interface, and so on.
  • the USB interface 1330 can be used to connect a charger to charge the terminal device 1300, and can also be used to transfer data between the terminal device 1300 and peripheral devices. It can also be used to connect earphones and play audio through earphones. This interface can also be used to connect other electronic devices, such as AR devices.
  • the interface connection relationship between the modules illustrated in the embodiment of the present invention is merely a schematic description, and does not constitute a structural limitation of the terminal device 1300.
  • the terminal device 1300 may also adopt different interface connection modes in the foregoing embodiments, or a combination of multiple interface connection modes.
  • the charging management module 1340 is used to receive charging input from the charger.
  • the charger can be a wireless charger or a wired charger.
  • the charging management module 1340 may receive the charging input of the wired charger through the USB interface 1330.
  • the charging management module 1340 may receive the wireless charging input through the wireless charging coil of the terminal device 1300. While the charging management module 1340 charges the battery 1342, it can also supply power to the electronic device through the power management module 1341.
  • the power management module 1341 is used to connect the battery 1342, the charging management module 1340 and the processor 1310.
  • the power management module 1341 receives input from the battery 1342 and/or the charge management module 1340, and supplies power to the processor 1310, internal memory 1321, external memory, display 1394, camera 1393, and wireless communication module 1360.
  • the power management module 1341 can also be used to monitor battery capacity, battery cycle times, battery health status (leakage, impedance) and other parameters.
  • the power management module 1341 may also be provided in the processor 1310.
  • the power management module 1341 and the charging management module 1340 may also be provided in the same device.
  • the wireless communication function of the terminal device 1300 may be implemented by the antenna 1, the antenna 2, the mobile communication module 1350, the wireless communication module 1360, the modem processor, and the baseband processor.
  • the antenna 1 and the antenna 2 are used to transmit and receive electromagnetic wave signals.
  • Each antenna in the terminal device 1300 can be used to cover a single or multiple communication frequency bands. Different antennas can also be reused to improve antenna utilization.
  • antenna 1 can be multiplexed as a diversity antenna of a wireless local area network.
  • the antenna can be used in combination with a tuning switch.
  • the mobile communication module 1350 can provide a wireless communication solution including 2G/3G/4G/5G and the like applied to the terminal device 1300.
  • the mobile communication module 1350 may include at least one filter, a switch, a power amplifier, a low noise amplifier (LNA), and the like.
  • the mobile communication module 1350 can receive electromagnetic waves from the antenna 1, filter and amplify the received electromagnetic waves, and transmit them to the modem processor for demodulation.
  • the mobile communication module 1350 can also amplify the signal modulated by the modem processor, and convert it into electromagnetic wave radiation via the antenna 1.
  • at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 1350 may be provided in the processor 1310.
  • at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 1350 and at least part of the modules of the processor 1310 may be provided in the same device.
  • the modem processor may include a modulator and a demodulator.
  • the modulator is used to modulate the low frequency baseband signal to be sent into a medium and high frequency signal.
  • the demodulator is used to demodulate the received electromagnetic wave signal into a low-frequency baseband signal.
  • the demodulator then transmits the demodulated low-frequency baseband signal to the baseband processor for processing.
  • the application processor outputs a sound signal through an audio device (not limited to a speaker 1370A, a receiver 1370B, etc.), or displays an image or video through a display screen 1394.
  • the modem processor may be an independent device.
  • the modem processor may be independent of the processor 1310 and be provided in the same device as the mobile communication module 1350 or other functional modules.
  • the wireless communication module 1360 can provide applications on the terminal device 1300, including wireless local area networks (WLAN) (such as wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) networks), bluetooth (BT), and global navigation satellites. System (global navigation satellite system, GNSS), frequency modulation (FM), near field communication (NFC), infrared technology (infrared, IR) and other wireless communication solutions.
  • the wireless communication module 1360 may be one or more devices integrating at least one communication processing module.
  • the wireless communication module 1360 receives electromagnetic waves via the antenna 2, frequency modulates and filters the electromagnetic wave signals, and sends the processed signals to the processor 1310.
  • the wireless communication module 1360 may also receive a signal to be sent from the processor 1310, perform frequency modulation, amplify, and convert it into electromagnetic waves to radiate through the antenna 2.
  • the antenna 1 of the terminal device 1300 is coupled with the mobile communication module 1350, and the antenna 2 is coupled with the wireless communication module 1360, so that the terminal device 1300 can communicate with the network and other devices through wireless communication technology.
  • the wireless communication technology may include global system for mobile communications (GSM), general packet radio service (GPRS), code division multiple access (CDMA), broadband Code division multiple access (wideband code division multiple access, WCDMA), time-division code division multiple access (TD-SCDMA), long term evolution (LTE), BT, GNSS, WLAN, NFC , FM, and/or IR technology, etc.
  • the GNSS may include global positioning system (GPS), global navigation satellite system (GLONASS), Beidou navigation satellite system (BDS), quasi-zenith satellite system (quasi -zenith satellite system, QZSS) and/or satellite-based augmentation systems (SBAS).
  • GPS global positioning system
  • GLONASS global navigation satellite system
  • BDS Beidou navigation satellite system
  • QZSS quasi-zenith satellite system
  • SBAS satellite-based augmentation systems
  • the terminal device 1300 implements a display function through a GPU, a display screen 1394, and an application processor.
  • GPU is a microprocessor for image processing, which connects the display 1394 and the application processor.
  • the GPU is used to perform mathematical and geometric calculations and is used for graphics rendering.
  • the processor 1310 may include one or more GPUs that execute program instructions to generate or change display information.
  • the display 1394 is used to display images, videos, etc.
  • the display screen 1394 includes a display panel.
  • the display panel can use liquid crystal display (LCD), organic light-emitting diode (OLED), active matrix organic light-emitting diode or active-matrix organic light-emitting diode (active-matrix organic light-emitting diode).
  • LCD liquid crystal display
  • OLED organic light-emitting diode
  • active matrix organic light-emitting diode active-matrix organic light-emitting diode
  • active-matrix organic light-emitting diode active-matrix organic light-emitting diode
  • emitting diode AMOLED, flexible light-emitting diode (FLED), Miniled, MicroLed, Micro-oLed, quantum dot light-emitting diode (QLED), etc.
  • the terminal device 1300 may include one or N display screens 1394, and N is a positive integer greater than one.
  • the terminal device 1300 can realize the shooting function through an ISP, a camera 1393, a video codec, a GPU, a display screen 1394, and an application processor.
  • the ISP is used to process the data fed back from the camera 1393. For example, when taking a picture, the shutter is opened, the light is transmitted to the photosensitive element of the camera through the lens, the light signal is converted into an electrical signal, and the photosensitive element of the camera transmits the electrical signal to the ISP for processing and is converted into an image visible to the naked eye.
  • ISP can also optimize the image noise, brightness, and skin color. ISP can also optimize the exposure, color temperature and other parameters of the shooting scene.
  • the ISP may be provided in the camera 1393.
  • the camera 1393 is used to capture still images or videos.
  • the object generates an optical image through the lens and is projected to the photosensitive element.
  • the photosensitive element may be a charge coupled device (CCD) or a complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistor.
  • CMOS complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor
  • the photosensitive element converts the optical signal into an electrical signal, and then transfers the electrical signal to the ISP to convert it into a digital image signal.
  • ISP outputs digital image signals to DSP for processing.
  • DSP converts digital image signals into standard RGB, YUV and other formats of image signals.
  • the terminal device 1300 may include one or N cameras 1393, and N is a positive integer greater than one.
  • Digital signal processors are used to process digital signals. In addition to digital image signals, they can also process other digital signals. For example, when the terminal device 1300 selects the frequency point, the digital signal processor is used to perform Fourier transform on the energy of the frequency point.
  • Video codecs are used to compress or decompress digital video.
  • the terminal device 1300 may support one or more video codecs. In this way, the terminal device 1300 can play or record videos in multiple encoding formats, such as: moving picture experts group (MPEG) 1, MPEG2, MPEG3, MPEG4, and so on.
  • MPEG moving picture experts group
  • MPEG2 MPEG2, MPEG3, MPEG4, and so on.
  • NPU is a neural-network (NN) computing processor.
  • NN neural-network
  • applications such as intelligent cognition of the terminal device 1300 can be realized, such as image recognition, face recognition, voice recognition, text understanding, and so on.
  • the external memory interface 1320 may be used to connect an external memory card, such as a Micro SD card, so as to expand the storage capacity of the terminal device 1300.
  • the external memory card communicates with the processor 1310 through the external memory interface 1320 to realize the data storage function. For example, save music, video and other files in an external memory card.
  • the internal memory 1321 may be used to store computer executable program code, where the executable program code includes instructions.
  • the processor 1310 executes various functional applications and data processing of the terminal device 1300 by running instructions stored in the internal memory 1321.
  • the internal memory 1321 may include a program storage area and a data storage area.
  • the storage program area can store an operating system, an application program (such as a sound playback function, an image playback function, etc.) required by at least one function, and the like.
  • the data storage area can store data (such as audio data, phone book, etc.) created during the use of the terminal device 1300.
  • the internal memory 1321 may include a high-speed random access memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory, such as at least one magnetic disk storage device, a flash memory device, a universal flash storage (UFS), and the like.
  • UFS universal flash storage
  • the terminal device 1300 can implement audio functions through an audio module 1370, a speaker 1370A, a receiver 1370B, a microphone 1370C, a headphone interface 1370D, and an application processor. For example, music playback, recording, etc.
  • the audio module 1370 is used to convert digital audio information into an analog audio signal for output, and also used to convert an analog audio input into a digital audio signal.
  • the audio module 1370 can also be used to encode and decode audio signals.
  • the audio module 1370 may be provided in the processor 1310, or part of the functional modules of the audio module 1370 may be provided in the processor 1310.
  • the speaker 1370A also called “speaker” is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals.
  • the terminal device 1300 can listen to music through the speaker 1370A, or listen to a hands-free call.
  • the receiver 1370B also called “earpiece” is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals.
  • the terminal device 1300 answers a call or voice message, it can receive the voice by bringing the receiver 1370B close to the human ear.
  • Microphone 1370C also called “microphone” or “microphone” is used to convert sound signals into electrical signals. When making a call or sending a voice message, the user can make a sound by approaching the microphone 1370C through the human mouth, and input the sound signal into the microphone 1370C.
  • the terminal device 1300 may be provided with at least one microphone 1370C. In other embodiments, the terminal device 1300 may be provided with two microphones 1370C, which can implement noise reduction functions in addition to collecting sound signals. In other embodiments, the terminal device 1300 may also be provided with three, four or more microphones 1370C to collect sound signals, reduce noise, identify sound sources, and realize directional recording functions.
  • the earphone interface 1370D is used to connect wired earphones.
  • the earphone interface 1370D can be a USB interface 1330, or a 3.5mm open mobile terminal platform (OMTP) standard interface, or a cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA (CTIA) standard interface.
  • OMTP open mobile terminal platform
  • CTIA cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA
  • the pressure sensor 1380A is used to sense the pressure signal and can convert the pressure signal into an electrical signal.
  • the pressure sensor 1380A may be disposed on the display screen 1394.
  • the capacitive pressure sensor may include at least two parallel plates with conductive materials.
  • the terminal device 1300 may also calculate the touched position according to the detection signal of the pressure sensor 1380A.
  • touch operations that act on the same touch position but have different touch operation strengths may correspond to different operation instructions. For example: when a touch operation whose intensity of the touch operation is less than the first pressure threshold is applied to the short message application icon, an instruction to view the short message is executed. When a touch operation with a touch operation intensity greater than or equal to the first pressure threshold acts on the short message application icon, an instruction to create a new short message is executed.
  • the gyro sensor 1380B may be used to determine the motion posture of the terminal device 1300.
  • the angular velocity of the terminal device 1300 around three axes ie, x, y, and z axes
  • the gyro sensor 1380B can be used for image stabilization.
  • the gyro sensor 1380B detects the shaking angle of the terminal device 1300, and calculates the distance to be compensated by the lens module according to the angle, and allows the lens to counteract the shaking of the terminal device 1300 through reverse movement to achieve anti-shake.
  • the gyro sensor 1380B can also be used for navigation and somatosensory game scenes.
  • the air pressure sensor 1380C is used to measure air pressure. In some embodiments, the terminal device 1300 calculates the altitude based on the air pressure value measured by the air pressure sensor 1380C to assist positioning and navigation.
  • the magnetic sensor 1380D includes a Hall sensor.
  • the terminal device 1300 may use the magnetic sensor 1380D to detect the opening and closing of the flip holster.
  • the terminal device 1300 can detect the opening and closing of the flip according to the magnetic sensor 1380D.
  • features such as automatic unlocking of the flip cover are set.
  • the acceleration sensor 1380E can detect the magnitude of the acceleration of the terminal device 1300 in various directions (generally three axes). When the terminal device 1300 is stationary, the magnitude and direction of gravity can be detected. It can also be used to identify the posture of electronic devices, and apply to applications such as horizontal and vertical screen switching, pedometers, etc.
  • the terminal device 1300 can measure the distance by infrared or laser. In some embodiments, when shooting a scene, the terminal device 1300 may use the distance sensor 1380F to measure the distance to achieve fast focusing.
  • the proximity light sensor 1380G may include, for example, a light emitting diode (LED) and a light detector, such as a photodiode.
  • the light emitting diode may be an infrared light emitting diode.
  • the terminal device 1300 emits infrared light to the outside through the light emitting diode.
  • the terminal device 1300 uses a photodiode to detect infrared reflected light from nearby objects. When sufficient reflected light is detected, it can be determined that there is an object near the terminal device 1300. When insufficient reflected light is detected, the terminal device 1300 may determine that there is no object near the terminal device 1300.
  • the terminal device 1300 can use the proximity light sensor 1380G to detect that the user holds the terminal device 1300 close to the ear to talk, so as to automatically turn off the screen to save power.
  • Proximity light sensor 1380G can also be used in leather case mode, pocket mode automatically unlocks and locks the screen.
  • the ambient light sensor 1380L is used to sense the brightness of the ambient light.
  • the terminal device 1300 can adaptively adjust the brightness of the display screen 1394 according to the perceived brightness of the ambient light.
  • the ambient light sensor 1380L can also be used to automatically adjust the white balance when taking pictures.
  • the ambient light sensor 1380L can also cooperate with the proximity light sensor 1380G to detect whether the terminal device 1300 is in the pocket to prevent accidental touch.
  • the fingerprint sensor 1380H is used to collect fingerprints.
  • the terminal device 1300 can use the collected fingerprint characteristics to realize fingerprint unlocking, access application locks, fingerprint photographs, fingerprint answering calls, and so on.
  • the temperature sensor 1380J is used to detect temperature.
  • the terminal device 1300 uses the temperature detected by the temperature sensor 1380J to execute a temperature processing strategy. For example, when the temperature reported by the temperature sensor 1380J exceeds the threshold, the terminal device 1300 performs a reduction in the performance of the processor located near the temperature sensor 1380J, so as to reduce power consumption and implement thermal protection.
  • the terminal device 1300 when the temperature is lower than another threshold, the terminal device 1300 heats the battery 1342 to avoid abnormal shutdown of the terminal device 1300 due to low temperature.
  • the terminal device 1300 boosts the output voltage of the battery 1342 to avoid abnormal shutdown caused by low temperature.
  • Touch sensor 1380K also called “touch panel”.
  • the touch sensor 1380K can be set on the display screen 1394, and the touch screen is composed of the touch sensor 1380K and the display screen 1394, which is also called a "touch screen”.
  • the touch sensor 1380K is used to detect touch operations acting on or near it.
  • the touch sensor can pass the detected touch operation to the application processor to determine the type of touch event.
  • the visual output related to the touch operation can be provided through the display screen 1394.
  • the touch sensor 1380K may also be disposed on the surface of the terminal device 1300, which is different from the position of the display screen 1394.
  • the bone conduction sensor 1380M can acquire vibration signals.
  • the bone conduction sensor 1380M can obtain the vibration signal of the vibrating bone mass of the human voice.
  • the bone conduction sensor 1380M can also contact the human pulse and receive the blood pressure pulse signal.
  • the bone conduction sensor 1380M may also be provided in the earphone, combined with the bone conduction earphone.
  • the audio module 1370 can parse the voice signal based on the vibration signal of the vibrating bone block of the voice obtained by the bone conduction sensor 1380M, and realize the voice function.
  • the application processor may analyze the heart rate information based on the blood pressure beating signal obtained by the bone conduction sensor 1380M, and realize the heart rate detection function.
  • the button 1390 includes a power button, a volume button, and so on.
  • the button 1390 may be a mechanical button. It can also be a touch button.
  • the terminal device 1300 may receive key input, and generate key signal input related to user settings and function control of the terminal device 1300.
  • the motor 1391 can generate vibration prompts.
  • the motor 1391 can be used for incoming call vibration notification, and can also be used for touch vibration feedback.
  • touch operations applied to different applications can correspond to different vibration feedback effects.
  • Acting on touch operations in different areas of the display screen 1394, the motor 1391 can also correspond to different vibration feedback effects.
  • Different application scenarios for example: time reminding, receiving information, alarm clock, games, etc.
  • the touch vibration feedback effect can also support customization.
  • the indicator 1392 can be an indicator light, which can be used to indicate the charging status, power change, and can also be used to indicate messages, missed calls, notifications, etc.
  • the SIM card interface 1395 is used to connect to the SIM card.
  • the SIM card can be inserted into the SIM card interface 1395 or pulled out from the SIM card interface 1395 to achieve contact and separation with the terminal device 1300.
  • the terminal device 1300 may support 1 or N SIM card interfaces, and N is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • the SIM card interface 1395 can support Nano SIM cards, Micro SIM cards, SIM cards, etc.
  • the same SIM card interface 1395 can insert multiple cards at the same time. The types of the multiple cards can be the same or different.
  • the SIM card interface 1395 can also be compatible with different types of SIM cards.
  • the SIM card interface 1395 can also be compatible with external memory cards.
  • the terminal device 1300 interacts with the network through the SIM card to implement functions such as call and data communication.
  • the terminal device 1300 adopts an eSIM, that is, an embedded SIM card.
  • the eSIM card can be embedded in the terminal device 1300 and cannot be separated from the terminal device 1300.
  • the software system of the terminal device 1300 may adopt a layered architecture, an event-driven architecture, a microkernel architecture, a microservice architecture, or a cloud architecture.
  • the embodiment of the present invention takes an Android system with a layered architecture as an example to exemplarily illustrate the software structure of the terminal device 1300.
  • FIG. 14 is a software structure block diagram of a terminal device 1300 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the layered architecture divides the software into several layers, and each layer has a clear role and division of labor. Communication between layers through software interface.
  • the Android system is divided into four layers, from top to bottom, the application layer, the application framework layer, the Android runtime and system library, and the kernel layer.
  • the application layer can include a series of application packages.
  • the application package may include SIM card management, camera, gallery, calendar, call, map, navigation, WLAN, Bluetooth, music, video, SMS and other applications.
  • the application framework layer provides an application programming interface (application programming interface, API) and a programming framework for applications in the application layer.
  • the application framework layer includes some predefined functions.
  • the application framework layer can include a window manager, a content provider, a view system, a phone manager, a resource manager, and a notification manager.
  • the window manager is used to manage window programs.
  • the window manager can obtain the size of the display screen, determine whether there is a status bar, lock the screen, take a screenshot, etc.
  • the content provider is used to store and retrieve data and make these data accessible to applications.
  • the data may include videos, images, audios, phone calls made and received, browsing history and bookmarks, phone book, etc.
  • the view system includes visual controls, such as controls that display text, controls that display pictures, and so on.
  • the view system can be used to build applications.
  • the display interface can be composed of one or more views.
  • a display interface that includes a short message notification icon may include a view that displays text and a view that displays pictures.
  • the phone manager is used to provide the communication function of the terminal device 1300. For example, the management of the call status (including connecting, hanging up, etc.).
  • the resource manager provides various resources for the application, such as localized strings, icons, pictures, layout files, video files, and so on.
  • the notification manager enables the application to display notification information in the status bar, which can be used to convey notification-type messages, and it can automatically disappear after a short stay without user interaction.
  • the notification manager is used to notify download completion, message reminders, and so on.
  • the notification manager can also be a notification that appears in the status bar at the top of the system in the form of a chart or a scroll bar text, such as a notification of an application running in the background, or a notification that appears on the screen in the form of a dialog window. For example, text messages are prompted in the status bar, prompt sounds, electronic devices vibrate, and indicator lights flash.
  • Android Runtime includes core libraries and virtual machines. Android runtime is responsible for the scheduling and management of the Android system.
  • the core library consists of two parts: one part is the function functions that the java language needs to call, and the other part is the core library of Android.
  • the application layer and application framework layer run in a virtual machine.
  • the virtual machine executes the java files of the application layer and the application framework layer as binary files.
  • the virtual machine is used to perform functions such as object life cycle management, stack management, thread management, security and exception management, and garbage collection.
  • the system library can include multiple functional modules. For example: surface manager (surface manager), media library (Media Libraries), three-dimensional graphics processing library (for example: OpenGL ES), 2D graphics engine (for example: SGL), etc.
  • the surface manager is used to manage the display subsystem and provides a combination of 2D and 3D layers for multiple applications.
  • the media library supports playback and recording of a variety of commonly used audio and video formats, as well as still image files.
  • the media library can support multiple audio and video encoding formats, such as: MPEG4, H.264, MP3, AAC, AMR, JPG, PNG, etc.
  • the 3D graphics processing library is used to implement 3D graphics drawing, image rendering, synthesis, and layer processing.
  • the 2D graphics engine is a drawing engine for 2D drawing.
  • the kernel layer is the layer between hardware and software.
  • the kernel layer contains at least display driver, camera driver, audio driver, and sensor driver.
  • FIG. 15 shows a cloud server 1500 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the cloud server 1500 may include: one or more processors 1501, a memory 1502, a communication interface 1503, a transmitter 1505, a receiver 1506, a coupler 1507, and an antenna 1508. These components can be connected via a bus 1504 or other types.
  • FIG. 15 uses a bus connection as an example. among them:
  • the communication interface 1503 may be used for the cloud server 1500 to communicate with other communication devices, such as terminal devices or other network devices.
  • the terminal device may be the terminal device 1300 shown in FIG. 13.
  • the communication interface 1503 may be a long-term evolution (LTE) (4G) communication interface, and may also be a 5G or future new air interface communication interface.
  • LTE long-term evolution
  • the cloud server 1500 may also be configured with a wired communication interface 1503 to support wired communication.
  • a backhaul link between a cloud server 1500 and the server may be a wired communication connection.
  • the transmitter 1505 may be used to transmit and process the signal output by the processor 1501, such as signal modulation.
  • the receiver 1506 may be used to receive and process the mobile communication signal received by the antenna 1508. For example, signal demodulation.
  • the transmitter 1505 and the receiver 1506 can be regarded as a wireless modem, forming a communication device.
  • the number of the transmitter 1505 and the receiver 1506 may each be one or more.
  • the antenna 1508 can be used to convert electromagnetic energy in a transmission line into electromagnetic waves in a free space, or convert electromagnetic waves in a free space into electromagnetic energy in a transmission line.
  • the coupler 1507 can be used to divide the mobile communication signal into multiple channels and distribute them to multiple receivers 1506.
  • the memory 1502 is coupled with the processor 1501, and is used to store various software programs and/or multiple sets of instructions.
  • the memory 1502 may include a high-speed random access memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory, such as one or more magnetic disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid-state storage devices.
  • the memory 1502 may store an operating system (hereinafter referred to as the system), such as embedded operating systems such as uCOS, VxWorks, RTLinux, and so on.
  • the memory 1502 may also store a network communication program, which may be used to communicate with one or more additional devices, one or more terminal devices, and one or more network devices.
  • the processor 1501 may be used to execute computer programs.
  • the processor 1501 may include at least one of the following types: general central processing unit (Central Processing Unit, CPU), digital signal processor (Digital Signal Processor, DSP), microprocessor, application-specific integrated circuit (Application-Specific Integrated Circuit) Integrated Circuit, ASIC), Microcontroller Unit (MCU), Field Programmable Gate Array (Field Programmable Gate Array, FPGA), or an integrated circuit used to implement logic operations.
  • the processor 1501 may be a single-CPU processor or a multi-CPU processor.
  • the at least one processor may be integrated in one chip or located on multiple different chips.
  • the processor 1501 may be used to read and execute computer-readable instructions. Specifically, the processor 1501 may be used to call a program stored in the memory 1502, such as the implementation program of the method for generating a mapping table provided by one or more embodiments of the present application on the cloud server 1500 side, and execute the instructions contained in the program .
  • the cloud server 1500 shown in FIG. 15 is only an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present application. In actual applications, the cloud server 1500 may also include more or fewer components, which is not limited here.
  • the cloud server 1600 includes a processing module 1601, a storage module 1602, and a communication module 1603.
  • the processing module 1601, the storage module 1602, and the communication module 16036 are connected by a communication bus or wirelessly.
  • the processing module 1601 may include at least one of the following types: general-purpose central processing unit (Central Processing Unit, CPU), digital signal processor (Digital Signal Processor, DSP), microprocessor, application-specific integrated circuit (Application-Specific Integrated Circuit) Integrated Circuit, ASIC), Microcontroller Unit (MCU), Field Programmable Gate Array (Field Programmable Gate Array, FPGA), or an integrated circuit used to implement logic operations.
  • general-purpose central processing unit Central Processing Unit, CPU
  • DSP Digital Signal Processor
  • microprocessor application-specific integrated circuit
  • ASIC Application-Specific Integrated Circuit
  • MCU Microcontroller Unit
  • Field Programmable Gate Array Field Programmable Gate Array
  • FPGA Field Programmable Gate Array
  • the processing module 1601 may be a single-CPU processor or a multi-CPU processor.
  • the at least one processor may be integrated in one chip or located on multiple different chips.
  • the storage module 1602 may include one or more memories, and the memories may be devices for storing programs or data in one or more devices or circuits.
  • the storage unit 1602 may exist independently and is connected to the processing module 1601 through a communication bus.
  • the storage module may also be integrated with the processing module 1601, for example, integrated in a chip.
  • the storage module 1602 can store computer execution instructions for executing the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, and the processing module 1601 controls the execution.
  • Various types of calculation execution instructions that are executed can also be regarded as driver programs of the processing module 1601.
  • the processing module 1601 is configured to execute the computer-executable instructions stored in the storage module 1602, so as to implement the method flow in the foregoing embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication module 1603 may be a device with a transceiving function, and is used to communicate with other terminal equipment, other network equipment, or a communication network.
  • the communication module 1603 can be used to send and receive information under the control of the processing module 1601, including transmitting the received information to the processing module 1601 for processing, and then sending the information transmitted by the processing module 1601 to other communication devices.
  • the communication module 1603 includes, but is not limited to, an antenna, at least one amplifier, a transceiver, a coupler, an LNA (low noise amplifier, low noise amplifier), a duplexer, and the like.
  • the communication module 1603 can also communicate with the network and other devices through wireless communication.
  • the wireless communication can use any communication standard or protocol, including but not limited to GSM (global system of mobile communication, global system for mobile communication), GPRS (general packet radio service, general packet radio service), CDMA (code division multiple access) , Code division multiple access), WCDMA (wideband code division multiple access, wideband code division multiple access), LTE (long term evolution), email, SMS (short messaging service, short message service), short-distance communication technology Wait.
  • GSM global system of mobile communication, global system for mobile communication
  • GPRS general packet radio service, general packet radio service
  • CDMA code division multiple access
  • Code division multiple access Code division multiple access
  • WCDMA wideband code division multiple access
  • LTE long term evolution
  • email short messaging service, short message service
  • SMS short messaging service, short message service
  • short-distance communication technology Wait any communication standard or protocol, including but not limited to GSM (global system of mobile communication, global system for mobile communication), GPRS (general packet radio service, general packet radio service), CDMA (code division multiple access) ,
  • the storage module 1602 may include at least one of the following types: read-only memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, random access memory (RAM), or Other types of dynamic storage devices that store information and instructions may also be electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM).
  • the memory can also be a compact disc read-only memory (CD-ROM) or other optical disc storage, optical disc storage (including compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital universal discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.) , A magnetic disk storage medium or other magnetic storage device, or any other medium that can be used to carry or store desired program codes in the form of instructions or data structures and that can be accessed by a computer, but is not limited thereto.
  • FIG. 17 shows that the present application provides a wireless communication system 1700, a terminal device 1710, and a cloud server 1720.
  • the wireless communication system 1700 includes: a terminal device 1710 and a cloud server 1720.
  • the terminal device 1710 may be the terminal device 1300 in the embodiment of FIG. 13, and the cloud server 1720 may be the cloud server 1500 in the embodiment of FIG. 15, which will be described separately below.
  • the terminal device 1710 may include: a processing module 1712 and a communication module 1711.
  • the cloud server 1720 may include: a communication module 1721 and a processing module 1722.
  • the communication module 1711 can be used to send requests, data, etc. to the cloud server 1720, and accept instructions, data, etc. from the cloud server 1720.
  • the processing module 1712 can be used to process computer programs.
  • the communication module 1721 may be used to send instructions, data, etc. to the receiving terminal device 1710, and to receive instructions, data, etc. from the terminal device 1710.
  • the processing module 1722 can be used to process computer programs.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the methods described in the foregoing embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof. If implemented in software, the functions can be stored on a computer-readable medium or transmitted on a computer-readable medium as one or more instructions or codes.
  • Computer-readable media may include computer storage media and communication media, and may also include any media that can transfer a computer program from one place to another.
  • the storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer.
  • the computer-readable medium may include RAM, ROM, EEPROM, CD-ROM or other optical disk storage, magnetic disk storage or other magnetic storage devices, or any other medium that can be used for carrying or with instructions or data structures
  • the required program code is stored in the form of and can be accessed by the computer.
  • any connection is properly termed a computer-readable medium.
  • coaxial cable, fiber optic cable, twisted pair, digital subscriber line (DSL) or wireless technology such as infrared, radio and microwave
  • coaxial cable, fiber optic cable , Twisted pair, DSL or wireless technologies such as infrared, radio and microwave are included in the definition of the medium.
  • Magnetic disks and optical disks as used herein include compact disks (CDs), laser disks, optical disks, digital versatile disks (DVD), floppy disks, and blu-ray disks, where disks usually reproduce data magnetically, while optical disks reproduce data optically using lasers. Combinations of the above should also be included in the scope of computer-readable media.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product.
  • the methods described in the foregoing embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof. If it is implemented in software, it can be fully or partially implemented in the form of a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the above computer program instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, the procedures or functions described in the above method embodiments are generated in whole or in part.
  • the above-mentioned computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, network equipment, user equipment, or other programmable devices.

Abstract

The present invention discloses a communication method and a related terminal device, wherein the method comprises: a terminal device having a plurality of SIM cards acquires a position of the terminal device, and when it is determined that an area where the terminal device is located changes, the terminal device switches primary/secondary SIM cards, and uses a telecommunication operator's communication services with better communication quality in the current area. Wherein, the terminal device searches a telecommunication operator with an optimal communication quality corresponding to the current area from a mapping table which is obtained from a cloud server. The present invention further discloses a communication method and a related cloud server, wherein the method comprises the following steps: acquiring a communication quality report of a plurality of terminal devices, generating a mapping table, and sending the mapping table to the plurality of terminal devices. Wherein, the mapping table comprises identifications of a plurality of areas and an identification of the telecommunications operator corresponding to each of the plurality of areas. The present invention can solve the problem of unstable communication service caused by the telecommunication operator's high frequency switching of a multi-SIM card terminal device in the high-speed mobile scene.

Description

通信方法、相关设备及通信系统Communication method, related equipment and communication system
本申请要求于2019年12月30日提交中国专利局、申请号为201911398288.1、申请名称为“通信方法、相关设备及通信系统”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application filed with the Chinese Patent Office on December 30, 2019, with the application number of 201911398288.1, the application name of "communication method, related equipment and communication system", the entire content of which is incorporated into this application by reference in.
技术领域Technical field
本发明涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及高速移动场景下的通信方法、相关设备及通信系统。The present invention relates to the field of communication technology, in particular to a communication method, related equipment and a communication system in a high-speed mobile scene.
背景技术Background technique
高速铁路(简称高铁)是现在各国国民出行的重要方式之一,尤其是在中国,中国是目前世界上覆盖路程最长的国家。根据中国中长期铁路网规划方案,2020年中国时速在200公里以上的高速铁路里程将会超过30000公里。用户在高铁旅途中产生通信需求,各家电信运营商会在现有的高铁线路段修建通信覆盖基站来提供通信服务,例如中国有主要三大电信运营商,即中国移动、中国联通、中国电信,均在现有的高铁线路段修建了通信覆盖基站。由于各电信运营商的资金及网络规划、网络优化存在差异,会存在某个相同区域,电信运营商A的网络覆盖更广,用户体验相对好一些,而电信运营商B的网络没有覆盖到,用户体验相对较差。High-speed railways (referred to as high-speed railways) are now one of the important ways for citizens of various countries to travel, especially in China, which is currently the country with the longest coverage in the world. According to China's mid- and long-term railway network planning plan, in 2020, China's high-speed railway mileage of more than 200 kilometers per hour will exceed 30,000 kilometers. Users generate communication demands during high-speed rail journeys. Various telecom operators will build communication coverage base stations on existing high-speed rail lines to provide communication services. For example, China has three major telecom operators, namely China Mobile, China Unicom, and China Telecom. Both have built communication coverage base stations in the existing high-speed rail line sections. Due to differences in funds, network planning, and network optimization of various telecom operators, there will be a certain same area. Telecom operator A’s network coverage is wider and the user experience is relatively better, while telecom operator B’s network does not cover it. The user experience is relatively poor.
SIM卡(Subscriber Identification Module)是电信运营商辨别用户身份的证件卡,也称为用户身份识别卡,使用SIM卡可以接入电信运营商进行通信服务。双卡双待手机是指一部手机,可以同时装下两张SIM卡,并且这两张SIM卡均处于待机状态。目前中国手机市场上很多型号的手机支持双卡双待,使用双卡双待手机的用户通常会选择两张不同电信运营商的SIM卡,根据需求选择使用某个电信运营商的通信服务。The SIM card (Subscriber Identification Module) is an identification card used by a telecom operator to identify a user, and is also called a user identification card. The SIM card can be used to access the telecom operator for communication services. A dual-SIM dual-standby mobile phone refers to a mobile phone that can install two SIM cards at the same time, and the two SIM cards are in a standby state. At present, many models of mobile phones in the Chinese mobile phone market support dual-SIM and dual-standby. Users who use dual-SIM and dual-standby phones usually choose two SIM cards of different telecom operators and choose to use the communication services of a certain telecom operator according to their needs.
在终端设备上,通常情况下默认使用一个电信运营商,在该电信运营商网络内进行正常通信服务,即使此时该通信服务质量比较差,因此用户需要手动切换使用的SIM卡从而换到另外一家电信运营商网络上。在某些终端操作系统中安装有这样的功能,用户在终端上可以设置自动切换使用的SIM卡为当下通信质量最佳的电信运营商的SIM卡。On terminal equipment, usually a telecommunications operator is used by default, and normal communication services are performed in the telecommunications operator’s network. Even if the communication service quality is relatively poor at this time, the user needs to manually switch the SIM card used to switch to another On the network of a telecom operator. Such a function is installed in some terminal operating systems, and the user can set the SIM card used for automatic switching on the terminal as the SIM card of the telecom operator with the best communication quality at the moment.
用户在终端上开启自动切换SIM卡的情况下,在高速铁路移动通信系统中,随着高铁高速移动,用户终端设备可能会高频率地进行电信运营商通信服务的切换,从而导致终端设备通信服务出现乒乓切换、重建率以及掉话率较高等问题。When the user turns on the automatic switching of the SIM card on the terminal, in the high-speed railway mobile communication system, as the high-speed railway moves at a high speed, the user terminal equipment may switch the communication service of the telecom operator at a high frequency, resulting in the terminal equipment communication service Problems such as ping-pong handover, high reestablishment rate, and high call drop rate occur.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本发明提供了通信方法、相关设备及系统,用来解决高速移动场景下多SIM卡终端设备的电信运营商高频率切换导致的通信服务不稳定的问题。The present invention provides a communication method, related equipment and system, which are used to solve the problem of unstable communication service caused by high-frequency switching of telecommunication operators of multi-SIM card terminal equipment in a high-speed mobile scene.
第一方面,本发明实施例提供了一种通信方法,应用于终端设备,其中,终端设备具有多个用户标识模块SIM卡,多个SIM卡各自对应不同的电信运营商,用于终端设备获取不同的电信运营商提供的通信服务,终端设备注册到多个电信运营商的网络。In the first aspect, the embodiments of the present invention provide a communication method applied to terminal equipment, where the terminal equipment has multiple subscriber identity module SIM cards, each of which corresponds to a different telecommunications operator, and is used for terminal equipment acquisition For communication services provided by different telecom operators, terminal equipment is registered to the networks of multiple telecom operators.
该方法包括:终端设备通过第一SIM卡与第一网络设备建立第一通信连接,终端设备通过第二SIM卡与第二网络设备建立第二通信连接。其中,终端设备通过第一通信连接获取第一电信运营商提供的通信服务,终端设备通过第二通信连接获取第二电信运营商提供的通信服务。第一网络设备为第一电信运营商的网络设备,第二网络设备为第二电信运营商的网络 设备。The method includes: a terminal device establishes a first communication connection with a first network device through a first SIM card, and the terminal device establishes a second communication connection with a second network device through a second SIM card. The terminal device obtains the communication service provided by the first telecommunication operator through the first communication connection, and the terminal device obtains the communication service provided by the second telecommunication operator through the second communication connection. The first network equipment is a network equipment of a first telecommunication operator, and the second network equipment is a network equipment of a second telecommunication operator.
终端设备确定其位于第一区域,在第一区域内,终端设备使用第一通信连接承载数据业务。The terminal device determines that it is located in the first area, and in the first area, the terminal device uses the first communication connection to carry the data service.
当检测到终端设备位于第二区域内或者终端设备与第二区域之间的距离小于第一距离值时,终端设备从第一映射表中查找出第二区域对应的第二电信运营商。When it is detected that the terminal device is located in the second area or the distance between the terminal device and the second area is less than the first distance value, the terminal device finds the second telecommunication operator corresponding to the second area from the first mapping table.
在第二区域内,终端设备使用第二通信连接承载数据业务。In the second area, the terminal device uses the second communication connection to carry data services.
其中,终端设备具有第一映射表,第一映射表包括多个区域的标识、多个区域各自对应的电信运营商的标识。第一区域和第二区域为多个区域中的相邻区域。第一电信运营商为第一区域在第一映射表中对应的电信运营商,第二电信运营商为第二区域在第一映射表中对应的电信运营商。The terminal device has a first mapping table, and the first mapping table includes the identities of multiple regions and the identities of telecommunication operators corresponding to each of the multiple regions. The first area and the second area are adjacent areas in the plurality of areas. The first telecommunications operator is the telecommunications operator corresponding to the first area in the first mapping table, and the second telecommunications operator is the telecommunications operator corresponding to the second area in the first mapping table.
结合第一方面,在一些实施例中,在终端设备使用第二通信连接承载数据业务之前,终端设备确定终端设备没有正在进行的语音业务。With reference to the first aspect, in some embodiments, before the terminal device uses the second communication connection to carry the data service, the terminal device determines that the terminal device does not have an ongoing voice service.
结合第一方面,在一些实施例中,如果终端设备正在进行语音业务,则等待语音业务结束后,终端设备使用第二通信连接承载数据业务。With reference to the first aspect, in some embodiments, if the terminal device is performing a voice service, after waiting for the voice service to end, the terminal device uses the second communication connection to carry the data service.
结合第一方面,在一些实施例中,第二电信运营商在第二区域提供的通信服务的质量优于第一电信运营商在第二区域提供的通信服务的质量。With reference to the first aspect, in some embodiments, the quality of the communication service provided by the second telecommunication operator in the second area is better than the quality of the communication service provided by the first telecommunication operator in the second area.
结合第一方面,在一些实施例中,第一区域和第二区域对应不同的电信运营商。With reference to the first aspect, in some embodiments, the first area and the second area correspond to different telecommunication operators.
结合第一方面,在一些实施例中,终端设备从云服务器获取第一映射表。With reference to the first aspect, in some embodiments, the terminal device obtains the first mapping table from the cloud server.
第二方面,本发明实施例提供了一种通信方法,应用于云服务器,该方法包括:In the second aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a communication method applied to a cloud server, and the method includes:
云服务器获取来自多个终端设备的通信质量报告,通信质量报告包括:终端设备所在位置,向终端设备提供通信服务的电信运营商的标识,以及通信服务的通信质量参数。The cloud server obtains communication quality reports from multiple terminal devices. The communication quality report includes: the location of the terminal device, the identification of the telecommunication operator that provides the communication service to the terminal device, and the communication quality parameter of the communication service.
云服务器根据通信质量报告生成第一映射表。其中,第一映射表包括多个区域的标识、多个区域各自对应的电信运营商的标识。在第一映射表中,区域包含该区域内各点位置的定位数据。在第一映射表中,一个区域对应的电信运营商在区域内提供的通信服务的通信质量高于第一阈值,或者提供的通信服务的通信质量最高。一个区域对应的电信运营商是根据一个区域内的终端设备上报的通信质量报告中的通信质量参数确定的。The cloud server generates the first mapping table according to the communication quality report. Wherein, the first mapping table includes the identities of multiple regions and the identities of telecommunication operators corresponding to each of the multiple regions. In the first mapping table, the area contains the positioning data of each point in the area. In the first mapping table, the communication quality of the communication service provided by the telecommunication operator corresponding to an area in the area is higher than the first threshold, or the communication quality of the provided communication service is the highest. The telecommunication operator corresponding to an area is determined according to the communication quality parameters in the communication quality report reported by the terminal equipment in the area.
云服务器向终端设备发送第一映射表。The cloud server sends the first mapping table to the terminal device.
结合第二方面,在一些实施例中,所述通信质量参数包括所述终端设备用户标识模块SIM卡对应的掉话率、掉线率、卡顿率、时延时间(ms)、网络速率(mb/s),在第一时间内所述电信运营商的切换次数。With reference to the second aspect, in some embodiments, the communication quality parameters include the call drop rate, call drop rate, jam rate, delay time (ms), network rate ( mb/s), the number of handovers of the telecommunication operator in the first time.
结合第二方面,在一些实施例中,不同的区域对应不同的电信运营商。With reference to the second aspect, in some embodiments, different regions correspond to different telecommunication operators.
结合第二方面,在一些实施例中,云服务器以第二时间为间隔,周期性地向终端设备发送第一映射表。With reference to the second aspect, in some embodiments, the cloud server periodically sends the first mapping table to the terminal device at the second time interval.
第三方面,本发明实施例提供了一种终端设备,该终端设备包括:多个用户标识模块SIM卡,定位装置、通信装置、存储器以及耦合于存储器的处理器。多个SIM卡各自对应不同的电信运营商,用于终端设备获取不同的电信运营商提供的通信服务。终端设备注册到多个电信运营商的网络中。In a third aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a terminal device. The terminal device includes a plurality of subscriber identification module SIM cards, a positioning device, a communication device, a memory, and a processor coupled to the memory. Multiple SIM cards correspond to different telecommunication operators, and are used for terminal equipment to obtain communication services provided by different telecommunication operators. The terminal equipment is registered in the networks of multiple telecom operators.
通信装置用于通过第一SIM卡与第一网络设备建立第一通信连接。The communication device is used to establish a first communication connection with the first network device through the first SIM card.
通信装置还用于通过第二SIM卡与第二网络设备建立第二通信连接。其中,第一通信连接用于获取第一电信运营商提供的通信服务,第二通信连接用于获取第二电信运营商提供的 通信服务。第一网络设备为第一电信运营商的网络设备,第二网络设备为第二电信运营商的网络设备。The communication device is also used to establish a second communication connection with the second network device through the second SIM card. Wherein, the first communication connection is used to obtain the communication service provided by the first telecommunication operator, and the second communication connection is used to obtain the communication service provided by the second telecommunication operator. The first network equipment is a network equipment of a first telecommunication operator, and the second network equipment is a network equipment of a second telecommunication operator.
定位装置用于获取终端设备位于第一区域,在所述第一区域内,通信装置还用于使用第一通信连接承载数据业务。The positioning device is used to obtain that the terminal device is located in the first area, and in the first area, the communication device is also used to use the first communication connection to carry data services.
处理器用于当检测到终端设备位于第二区域内或者终端设备与第二区域之间的距离小于第一距离值时,处理器从第一映射表中查找出第二区域对应的第二电信运营商。The processor is used for when detecting that the terminal device is located in the second area or the distance between the terminal device and the second area is less than the first distance value, the processor finds the second telecommunication operator corresponding to the second area from the first mapping table Quotient.
在第二区域内,通信装置还用于使用第二通信连接承载数据业务。In the second area, the communication device is also used to use the second communication connection to carry data services.
存储器用于存储处理器执行程序过程中产生的数据或指令。The memory is used to store data or instructions generated during the execution of the program by the processor.
其中,存储器存储有第一映射表,第一映射表包括多个区域的标识、所述多个区域各自对应的电信运营商的标识。第一区域和第二区域为多个区域中的相邻区域。第一电信运营商为第一区域在第一映射表中对应的电信运营商。第二电信运营商为第二区域在第一映射表中对应的电信运营商。The memory stores a first mapping table, and the first mapping table includes identifiers of multiple regions and identifiers of telecommunication operators corresponding to each of the multiple regions. The first area and the second area are adjacent areas in the plurality of areas. The first telecommunication operator is the telecommunication operator corresponding to the first area in the first mapping table. The second telecommunication operator is the telecommunication operator corresponding to the second area in the first mapping table.
结合第三方面,在一些实施例中,通信装置还用于,在通信装置使用第二通信连接承载数据业务之前,确定通信装置没有正在进行的语音业务。With reference to the third aspect, in some embodiments, the communication device is further configured to determine that the communication device does not have an ongoing voice service before the communication device uses the second communication connection to carry the data service.
结合第三方面,在一些实施例中,如果通信装置正在进行语音业务,则等待语音业务结束后,通信装置使用第二通信连接承载数据业务。With reference to the third aspect, in some embodiments, if the communication device is performing a voice service, after waiting for the voice service to end, the communication device uses the second communication connection to carry the data service.
结合第三方面,在一些实施例中,第二电信运营商在第二区域提供的通信服务的质量优于第一电信运营商在第二区域提供的通信服务的质量。With reference to the third aspect, in some embodiments, the quality of the communication service provided by the second telecommunication operator in the second area is better than the quality of the communication service provided by the first telecommunication operator in the second area.
结合第三方面,在一些实施例中,第一区域和第二区域对应不同的电信运营商。With reference to the third aspect, in some embodiments, the first area and the second area correspond to different telecommunication operators.
结合第三方面,在一些实施例中,处理器还用于从云服务器获取第一映射表。With reference to the third aspect, in some embodiments, the processor is further configured to obtain the first mapping table from the cloud server.
第四方面,本发明实施例提供了一种云服务器,包括:接收器、发射器、存储器以及耦合于存储器的处理器。In a fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a cloud server, including: a receiver, a transmitter, a memory, and a processor coupled to the memory.
接收器用于获取来自多个终端设备的通信质量报告,通信质量报告包括:终端设备所在位置,向终端设备提供通信服务的电信运营商的标识,以及通信服务的通信质量参数。The receiver is used to obtain communication quality reports from multiple terminal devices. The communication quality report includes: the location of the terminal device, the identification of the telecommunication operator that provides the communication service to the terminal device, and the communication quality parameter of the communication service.
处理器用于根据通信质量报告生成第一映射表。其中,第一映射表包括多个区域的标识、多个区域各自对应的电信运营商的标识。在第一映射表中,区域包含该区域内各点位置的定位数据。在第一映射表中,一个区域对应的电信运营商在区域内提供的通信服务的通信质量高于第一阈值,或者提供的通信服务的通信质量最高;一个区域对应的电信运营商是根据一个区域内的终端设备上报的通信质量报告中的通信质量参数确定的。The processor is configured to generate a first mapping table according to the communication quality report. Wherein, the first mapping table includes the identities of multiple regions and the identities of telecommunication operators corresponding to each of the multiple regions. In the first mapping table, the area contains the positioning data of each point in the area. In the first mapping table, the communication quality of the communication service provided by the telecommunication operator corresponding to an area in the area is higher than the first threshold, or the communication quality of the provided communication service is the highest; the telecommunication operator corresponding to an area is based on a The communication quality parameters in the communication quality report reported by the terminal equipment in the area are determined.
发射器用于向终端设备发送第一映射表。The transmitter is used to send the first mapping table to the terminal device.
存储器用于存储处理器执行程序过程中产生的数据或指令。The memory is used to store data or instructions generated during the execution of the program by the processor.
结合第四方面,在一些实施例中,通信质量参数包括终端设备多个用户标识模块SIM卡对应的掉话率、掉线率、卡顿率、时延时间(ms)、网络速率(mb/s),在第一时间内所述电信运营商的切换次数。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some embodiments, the communication quality parameters include the call drop rate, call drop rate, jam rate, delay time (ms), network rate (mb/ s), the number of handovers of the telecommunication operator in the first time.
结合第四方面,在一些实施例中,不同的区域对应不同的电信运营商。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some embodiments, different regions correspond to different telecommunication operators.
结合第四方面,在一些实施例中,发射器以第二时间为间隔,周期性地向终端设备发送第一映射表。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some embodiments, the transmitter periodically sends the first mapping table to the terminal device at the second time interval.
第五方面,本发明实施例提供了一种终端设备,该终端设备包括:多个用户标识模块SIM卡,定位模块、通信模块、存储模块以及耦合于存储模块的处理模块。多个SIM卡各自对应不同的电信运营商,用于终端设备获取不同的电信运营商提供的通信服务。终端设备注册到 多个电信运营商的网络中。In a fifth aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a terminal device. The terminal device includes a plurality of subscriber identification module SIM cards, a positioning module, a communication module, a storage module, and a processing module coupled to the storage module. Multiple SIM cards correspond to different telecommunication operators, and are used for terminal equipment to obtain communication services provided by different telecommunication operators. The terminal equipment is registered in the networks of multiple telecom operators.
通信模块用于通过第一SIM卡与第一网络设备建立第一通信连接。The communication module is used to establish a first communication connection with the first network device through the first SIM card.
通信模块还用于通过第二SIM卡与第二网络设备建立第二通信连接。其中,第一通信连接用于获取第一电信运营商提供的通信服务,第二通信连接用于获取第二电信运营商提供的通信服务。第一网络设备为第一电信运营商的网络设备,第二网络设备为第二电信运营商的网络设备。The communication module is also used to establish a second communication connection with the second network device through the second SIM card. Wherein, the first communication connection is used to obtain the communication service provided by the first telecommunication operator, and the second communication connection is used to obtain the communication service provided by the second telecommunication operator. The first network equipment is a network equipment of a first telecommunication operator, and the second network equipment is a network equipment of a second telecommunication operator.
定位模块用于获取终端设备位于第一区域。在所述第一区域内,通信模块还用于使用第一通信连接承载数据业务。The positioning module is used to obtain that the terminal device is located in the first area. In the first area, the communication module is further configured to use the first communication connection to carry data services.
处理模块用于当检测到终端设备位于第二区域内或者终端设备与第二区域之间的距离小于第一距离值时,处理模块从第一映射表中查找出第二区域对应的第二电信运营商。The processing module is used for when it is detected that the terminal device is located in the second area or the distance between the terminal device and the second area is less than the first distance value, the processing module finds the second telecom corresponding to the second area from the first mapping table. Operator.
在第二区域内,通信模块还用于使用第二通信连接承载数据业务。In the second area, the communication module is also used to use the second communication connection to carry data services.
存储模块用于存储处理模块执行程序过程中产生的数据或指令。The storage module is used to store data or instructions generated during the execution of the program by the processing module.
其中,存储模块存储有第一映射表,第一映射表包括多个区域的标识、所述多个区域各自对应的电信运营商的标识。第一区域和第二区域为多个区域中的相邻区域。第一电信运营商为第一区域在第一映射表中对应的电信运营商。第二电信运营商为第二区域在第一映射表中对应的电信运营商。The storage module stores a first mapping table, and the first mapping table includes identifiers of multiple regions and identifiers of telecommunication operators corresponding to each of the multiple regions. The first area and the second area are adjacent areas in the plurality of areas. The first telecommunication operator is the telecommunication operator corresponding to the first area in the first mapping table. The second telecommunication operator is the telecommunication operator corresponding to the second area in the first mapping table.
结合第五方面,在一些实施例中,通信模块还用于,在通信模块使用第二通信连接承载数据业务之前,确定通信模块没有正在进行的语音业务。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some embodiments, the communication module is further configured to determine that the communication module does not have an ongoing voice service before the communication module uses the second communication connection to carry the data service.
结合第五方面,在一些实施例中,如果通信模块正在进行语音业务,则等待语音业务结束后,通信模块使用第二通信连接承载数据业务。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some embodiments, if the communication module is performing a voice service, after waiting for the voice service to end, the communication module uses the second communication connection to carry the data service.
结合第五方面,在一些实施例中,第二电信运营商在第二区域提供的通信服务的质量优于第一电信运营商在第二区域提供的通信服务的质量。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some embodiments, the quality of the communication service provided by the second telecommunication operator in the second area is better than the quality of the communication service provided by the first telecommunication operator in the second area.
结合第五方面,在一些实施例中,第一区域和第二区域对应不同的电信运营商。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some embodiments, the first area and the second area correspond to different telecommunication operators.
结合第五方面,在一些实施例中,处理模块还用于从云服务器获取第一映射表。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some embodiments, the processing module is further configured to obtain the first mapping table from the cloud server.
第六方面,本发明实施例提供了一种云服务器,包括:接收模块、发射模块、存储模块以及耦合于存储模块的处理模块。In a sixth aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a cloud server, including: a receiving module, a transmitting module, a storage module, and a processing module coupled to the storage module.
接收模块用于获取来自多个终端设备的通信质量报告,通信质量报告包括:终端设备所在位置,向终端设备提供通信服务的电信运营商的标识,以及通信服务的通信质量参数。The receiving module is used to obtain communication quality reports from multiple terminal devices. The communication quality reports include: the location of the terminal device, the identification of the telecommunication operator that provides the communication service to the terminal device, and the communication quality parameter of the communication service.
处理模块用于根据通信质量报告生成第一映射表。其中,第一映射表包括多个区域的标识、多个区域各自对应的电信运营商的标识。在第一映射表中,区域包含该区域内各点位置的定位数据。在第一映射表中,一个区域对应的电信运营商在区域内提供的通信服务的通信质量高于第一阈值,或者提供的通信服务的通信质量最高;一个区域对应的电信运营商是根据一个区域内的终端设备上报的通信质量报告中的通信质量参数确定的。The processing module is used for generating a first mapping table according to the communication quality report. Wherein, the first mapping table includes the identities of multiple regions and the identities of telecommunication operators corresponding to each of the multiple regions. In the first mapping table, the area contains the positioning data of each point in the area. In the first mapping table, the communication quality of the communication service provided by the telecommunication operator corresponding to an area in the area is higher than the first threshold, or the communication quality of the provided communication service is the highest; the telecommunication operator corresponding to an area is based on a The communication quality parameters in the communication quality report reported by the terminal equipment in the area are determined.
发射模块用于向终端设备发送第一映射表。The transmitting module is used to send the first mapping table to the terminal device.
存储模块用于存储处理模块执行程序过程中产生的数据或指令。The storage module is used to store data or instructions generated during the execution of the program by the processing module.
结合第六方面,在一些实施例中,通信质量参数包括终端设备多个用户标识模块SIM卡对应的掉话率、掉线率、卡顿率、时延时间(ms)、网络速率(mb/s),在第一时间内所述电信运营商的切换次数。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some embodiments, the communication quality parameters include the call drop rate, call drop rate, jam rate, delay time (ms), network rate (mb/ s), the number of handovers of the telecommunication operator in the first time.
结合第六方面,在一些实施例中,不同的区域对应不同的电信运营商。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some embodiments, different regions correspond to different telecommunication operators.
结合第六方面,在一些实施例中,发射模块以第二时间为间隔,周期性地向终端设备发 送第一映射表。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some embodiments, the transmitting module periodically sends the first mapping table to the terminal device at the second time interval.
第七方面,本发明实施例提供了一种通信系统,包括终端设备和云服务器,其中终端设备为第三方面和/或第五方面中任一项所提及的终端设备,云服务器为第四方面和/或第六方面中任一项所提及的云服务器。In a seventh aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a communication system, including a terminal device and a cloud server, where the terminal device is the terminal device mentioned in any one of the third aspect and/or the fifth aspect, and the cloud server is the first The cloud server mentioned in any of the four aspects and/or the sixth aspect.
根据上述技术方案,在高速移动场景下,尤其是高铁路段上,多SIM卡终端设备基于电信运营商通信情况的先验信息,自动切换使用通信情况更佳的电信运营商的通信服务,保证终端设备一直处于最优的通信状态,终端设备用户得到更优的通信体验。According to the above technical solution, in high-speed mobile scenarios, especially on high-speed railway sections, the multi-SIM card terminal equipment automatically switches to use the communication services of the telecom operators with better communication conditions based on the prior information of the telecom operators’ communication conditions to ensure the terminal The device is always in the optimal communication state, and the user of the terminal device gets a better communication experience.
附图说明Description of the drawings
为了更清楚地说明本申请实施例或背景技术中的技术方案,下面将对本申请实施例或背景技术中所需要使用的附图进行说明。In order to more clearly describe the technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application or the background art, the following will describe the drawings that need to be used in the embodiments of the present application or the background art.
图1是本申请提供的一种通信系统示意图;Fig. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system provided by the present application;
图2是现有技术中竞争随机接入过程示意图;Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of a competitive random access process in the prior art;
图3是本申请提供的一种高铁路线上的通信区域覆盖场景示意图;Fig. 3 is a schematic diagram of a communication area coverage scenario on a high-speed railway line provided by the present application;
图4为本申请提供的一种高铁路线的示意图;Figure 4 is a schematic diagram of a high-speed railway line provided by this application;
图5是本申请提供的一种通信方法的流程图;Fig. 5 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by the present application;
图6是本申请提供的一种终端设备显示界面示意图一;Fig. 6 is a first schematic diagram of a terminal device display interface provided by the present application;
图7为本申请提供的一种终端设备显示界面示意图二;Figure 7 is a second schematic diagram of a terminal device display interface provided by this application;
图8为本申请提供的一种终端设备显示界面示意图三;FIG. 8 is a third schematic diagram of a terminal device display interface provided by this application;
图9为本申请提供的一种终端设备显示界面示意图四;Figure 9 is a fourth schematic diagram of a terminal device display interface provided by this application;
图10为本申请提供的一种基于大数据学习的通信方法的通信系统框图;FIG. 10 is a block diagram of a communication system of a communication method based on big data learning provided by this application;
图11为本申请提供的一种基于大数据学习机制的通信方法的流程图;FIG. 11 is a flowchart of a communication method based on a big data learning mechanism provided by this application;
图12为本申请提供的一种大数据计算的方法流程图;FIG. 12 is a flowchart of a method for big data calculation provided by this application;
图13为本申请提供的一种终端设备的硬件结构示意图;FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of a terminal device provided by this application;
图14为本申请提供的一种终端设备的软件结构框图;FIG. 14 is a block diagram of the software structure of a terminal device provided by this application;
图15为本申请提供的一种云服务器的结构示意图;FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a cloud server provided by this application;
图16为本申请提供的一种云服务器的模块示意图;FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of modules of a cloud server provided by this application;
图17为本申请提供的一种无线通信系统结构示意图。FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a wireless communication system provided by this application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
为使本发明要解决的技术问题、技术方案和优点更加清楚,下面将结合附图及具体实施例进行详细描述。本申请实施例的实施方式部分使用的术语仅用于对本申请的具体实施例进行解释,而非旨在限定本申请。在下面的描述中,提供诸如具体的配置和组件的特定细节仅仅是为了帮助全面理解本发明的实施例。因此,本领域技术人员应该清楚,可以对这里描述的实施例进行各种改变和修改而不脱离本发明的范围和精神。另外,为了清楚和简洁,省略了对已知功能和构造的描述。In order to make the technical problems, technical solutions and advantages to be solved by the present invention clearer, a detailed description will be given below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings and specific embodiments. The terms used in the implementation part of the embodiments of the present application are only used to explain the specific embodiments of the present application, and are not intended to limit the present application. In the following description, specific details such as specific configurations and components are provided only to help comprehensively understand the embodiments of the present invention. Therefore, it should be clear to those skilled in the art that various changes and modifications can be made to the embodiments described herein without departing from the scope and spirit of the present invention. In addition, for clarity and conciseness, descriptions of known functions and configurations are omitted.
应理解,说明书通篇中提到的“一个实施例”或“一实施例”意味着与实施例有关的特定特征、结构或特性包括在本发明的至少一个实施例中。因此,在整个说明书各处出现的“在一个实施例中”或“在一实施例中”未必一定指相同的实施例。此外,这些特定的特征、结构或特性可以任意适合的方式结合在一个或多个实施例中。It should be understood that “one embodiment” or “an embodiment” mentioned throughout the specification means that a specific feature, structure, or characteristic related to the embodiment is included in at least one embodiment of the present invention. Therefore, the appearances of "in one embodiment" or "in an embodiment" in various places throughout the specification do not necessarily refer to the same embodiment. In addition, these specific features, structures or characteristics can be combined in one or more embodiments in any suitable manner.
在本发明的各种实施例中,应理解,当本申请提及“第一”、“第二”或者“第三”等序数词时,除非根据上下文其确实表达顺序之意,否则应当理解为仅仅是起区分之用。应理解,下述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本发明实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。In the various embodiments of the present invention, it should be understood that when this application refers to ordinal numbers such as "first", "second", or "third", unless it actually expresses the meaning of the order according to the context, it should be understood For the purpose of distinction only. It should be understood that the size of the sequence number of the following processes does not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not constitute any limitation on the implementation process of the embodiment of the present invention.
应理解,本文中术语“和/或”,仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,本文中字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。It should be understood that the term "and/or" in this text is only an association relationship describing the associated objects, indicating that there can be three types of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, and both A and B exist. , There are three cases of B alone. In addition, the character "/" in this text generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an "or" relationship.
图1示出了本申请涉及的一种通信系统。该系统包括:终端设备,以及不同电信运营商的网络侧设备。Fig. 1 shows a communication system involved in this application. The system includes terminal equipment and network side equipment of different telecom operators.
本发明实施例中,终端设备可以是能够支持多卡多待的移动通信装置,包括但不限于用户设备(UE)、移动电话(手机)、个人数字助理(PDA)、无线通信装置、手持装置、膝上型计算机、无绳电话、移动智能热点或其他不通过人的操作就能自发与移动通信网络通信的设备等。In the embodiment of the present invention, the terminal device may be a mobile communication device capable of supporting multiple cards and multiple standbys, including but not limited to user equipment (UE), mobile phones (cell phones), personal digital assistants (PDA), wireless communication devices, handheld devices , Laptop computers, cordless phones, mobile smart hotspots or other devices that can spontaneously communicate with mobile communication networks without human operation.
其中,终端设备可以支持多模通信,多模指的是两个及以上网络制式。例如,当前中国主流电信运营商中,中国移动使用的网络制式有GSM(2G)/TD-SCDMA(3G)/TD-LTE(4G);中国联通使用的网络制式有GSM(2G)/WCDMA(3G)/TD-LTE(4G)/FDD-LTE(4G);中国电信使用的网络制式有CDMA1X(2G)/EVDO(3G)/TD-LTE(4G)/FDD-LTE(4G)。目前对于国内的终端设备来说,可以支持7模即GSM/TD-SCDMA/WCDMA/TD-LTE/FDD-LTE/CDMA1X/EVDO通信即可称之为全网通终端设备。Among them, the terminal device can support multi-mode communication, and multi-mode refers to two or more network standards. For example, among the current mainstream telecom operators in China, China Mobile uses GSM(2G)/TD-SCDMA(3G)/TD-LTE(4G); China Unicom uses GSM(2G)/WCDMA( 3G)/TD-LTE(4G)/FDD-LTE(4G); China Telecom uses CDMA1X(2G)/EVDO(3G)/TD-LTE(4G)/FDD-LTE(4G). At present, for domestic terminal equipment, it can support 7 modes, namely GSM/TD-SCDMA/WCDMA/TD-LTE/FDD-LTE/CDMA1X/EVDO communication, which can be called full Netcom terminal equipment.
本发明实施例中,网络侧设备(网络设备)可以是一种将终端接入到无线网络的设备。该设备可以是基站,或者各种无线接入点,可以是指接入网中在空中接口上通过一个或多个扇区与终端进行通信的设备。基站可以用于与一个或多个终端进行通信,也可以用于与一个或多个具有部分终端功能的基站进行通信。本发明中所述基站的形式不限,可以是宏基站(Macro Base Station)、微基站(Pico Base Station)、Node B(3G移动基站的称呼)、增强型基站(ENB)、家庭增强型基站(Femto eNB或Home eNode B或Home eNB或HNEB)、中继站、接入点、RRU(Remote Radio Unit,远端射频模块)、RRH(Remote Radio Head,射频拉远头)等。基站可以是时分同步码分多址(Time Division Synchronous Code Division Multiple Access,TD-SCDMA)系统中的基站收发台(Base Transceiver Station,BTS),也可以是LTE系统中的演进型基站(Evolutional Node B,eNB),以及5G系统、新空口(NR)系统中的基站。另外,基站也可以为接入点(Access Point,AP)、传输区域(Trans TRP)、中心单元(Central Unit,CU)或其他网络实体,并且可以包括以上网络实体的功能中的一些或所有功能。In the embodiment of the present invention, the network side device (network device) may be a device that connects the terminal to the wireless network. The device may be a base station, or various wireless access points, and may refer to a device that communicates with a terminal through one or more sectors on an air interface in an access network. The base station can be used to communicate with one or more terminals, and can also be used to communicate with one or more base stations with partial terminal functions. The form of the base station in the present invention is not limited, and it can be a macro base station (Macro Base Station), a micro base station (Pico Base Station), a Node B (name of 3G mobile base station), an enhanced base station (ENB), and a home enhanced base station (Femto eNB or Home eNode B or Home eNB or HNEB), relay station, access point, RRU (Remote Radio Unit), RRH (Remote Radio Head, remote radio head), etc. The base station can be the Base Transceiver Station (BTS) in the Time Division Synchronous Code Division Multiple Access (TD-SCDMA) system, or the Evolutional Node B (Evolutional Node B) in the LTE system , ENB), as well as base stations in 5G systems and New Air Interface (NR) systems. In addition, the base station may also be an access point (Access Point, AP), a transmission area (Trans TRP), a central unit (Central Unit, CU) or other network entities, and may include some or all of the functions of the above network entities. .
网络侧设备可以获取终端设备承载上下文信息。承载上下文信息可以指终端承载列表,具体包括承载标示(E-RAB ID),承载所对应的QoS参数(E-RAB Level QoS Parameters),上行或者下行GTP tunnel端点地址(UL/DL GTP Tunnel Endpoint),除了承载信息(EBI、QCI、上下行AMBR、TFT、控制面与用户面地址等等),上下文信息还可以包括诸如手机网络能力、TAI、S1APID、eNodeB ID、鉴权信息、协商的安全算法、生成的密钥、创建的连接信息(如APN、PGW、QCI)等等,在该终端设备未与网络侧设备分离前,这些信息都是必须要保存下来。否则用户进行TAU、ServiceRequest、Detach等行为时,就无法进行处理了,因为网络侧设备找不到该终端设备的上下文信息,就不清楚它的IP、它连接的PGW、它创建了那些承载,可能它发送的消息都无法解密。The network side device can obtain the terminal device bearer context information. The bearer context information can refer to the terminal bearer list, which specifically includes the bearer identifier (E-RAB ID), the QoS parameters corresponding to the bearer (E-RAB Level QoS Parameters), and the uplink or downlink GTP tunnel endpoint address (UL/DL GTP Tunnel Endpoint) In addition to bearer information (EBI, QCI, uplink and downlink AMBR, TFT, control plane and user plane addresses, etc.), context information can also include mobile phone network capabilities, TAI, S1APID, eNodeB ID, authentication information, negotiated security algorithms , Generated keys, created connection information (such as APN, PGW, QCI), etc., these information must be saved before the terminal device is separated from the network side device. Otherwise, when the user performs TAU, ServiceRequest, Detach, etc., it cannot be processed, because the network side device cannot find the context information of the terminal device, and it is not clear about its IP, the PGW it is connected to, and which bearers it created. Probably none of the messages it sends can be decrypted.
可以理解的是,网络侧设备可以包括支持第二代(second generation,2G)、第三代(third generation,3G)、第四代(fourth generation,4G)接入技术的网络侧设备,例如全球移动通信系统(global system for mobile communications,GSM)、码分多址(code division multiple access,CDMA)、长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)接入技术的网络侧设备;或者,也可以包支持第五代(fifth generation,5G)接入技术的网络侧设备,例如新无线(new radio,NR)接入技术;或者,还可以包括支持多种无线技术的网络侧设备,例如支持GSM技术、CDMA技术、LTE技术和NR技术的网络侧设备。另外,还可以是适用于面向未来的通信技术的网络侧设备。It is understandable that the network side devices may include network side devices that support second generation (2G), third generation (3G), and fourth generation (4G) access technologies, such as global Mobile communication system (global system for mobile communications, GSM), code division multiple access (code division multiple access, CDMA), long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) access technology network side equipment; alternatively, it can also be packaged to support the first Fifth generation (5G) access technology network-side equipment, such as new radio (NR) access technology; or, it may also include network-side equipment supporting multiple wireless technologies, such as GSM technology, CDMA Network side equipment of technology, LTE technology and NR technology. In addition, it can also be a network-side device suitable for future-oriented communication technologies.
在这里本申请以双卡双待终端设备作为示例说明本申请的方案,方便本领域的技术人员理解本发明。双卡双待指终端设备的是安装在终端设备上的两张SIM卡可以同时使用,两张卡互不干扰,可以同时与电信运营商有通信来往。双卡单待终端设备指的是终端设备可以安装两张SIM卡,但是使用一张SIM卡的时候,另一张SIM卡就处于关机状态,不适合本申请涉及的应用场景。因此,本申请适合应用在多卡多待的终端设备上,而不适合应用在多卡单待的终端设备上。在理解了双卡双待终端设备切换的方案后,多卡多待的方案的实现可以以此类推,本领域技术人员可以很容易理解SIM卡切换在多卡多待终端设备上是如何执行的。Here, in this application, a dual-card dual-standby terminal device is used as an example to illustrate the solution of this application, so as to facilitate those skilled in the art to understand the present invention. Dual card dual standby means that the two SIM cards installed on the terminal device can be used at the same time, the two cards do not interfere with each other, and they can communicate with the telecom operator at the same time. The dual-card single-standby terminal device refers to the terminal device that can install two SIM cards, but when one SIM card is used, the other SIM card is turned off, which is not suitable for the application scenarios involved in this application. Therefore, this application is suitable for application to terminal devices with multiple cards and multiple standbys, but not suitable for application on terminal devices with multiple cards and single standby. After understanding the dual-card dual-standby terminal device switching solution, the implementation of the multi-card multi-standby solution can be deduced by analogy. Those skilled in the art can easily understand how SIM card switching is performed on the multi-card multi-standby terminal device. .
当装有两张SIM卡的终端设备开机自动请求接入网络时,或者用户开启使用SIM卡时,此时,终端设备会请求接入网络侧设备,两张SIM卡可以凭借网络鉴权数据接入对应电信运营商的移动网络,即Attach过程。需要进行说明的是,每张SIM卡中保存有各个号码的网络鉴权数据,其中包含了:各个号码的移动用户标识(international mobile subscriber identification number,IMSI)、认证密钥、运营商网络参数等。网络侧设备确认之后,允许终端设备接入网络,否则视为非法用户,网络侧设备会拒绝为此用户提供通信服务。在每次登记、呼叫建立尝试、位置更新以及在补充业务的激活、去活、登记或删除之前均需要鉴权。完成终端设备在网络侧的注销和演进的分组系统(evolved packet system,EPS)承载的删除称为Detach过程。When a terminal device equipped with two SIM cards is turned on and automatically requests to access the network, or when the user starts to use the SIM card, the terminal device will request access to the network side device at this time, and the two SIM cards can be connected by means of network authentication data. Enter the mobile network of the corresponding telecom operator, that is, the Attach process. What needs to be explained is that each SIM card stores the network authentication data of each number, which contains: the mobile subscriber identification (international mobile subscriber identification number, IMSI) of each number, authentication key, operator network parameters, etc. . After the network side device confirms, the terminal device is allowed to access the network, otherwise it is regarded as an illegal user, and the network side device will refuse to provide communication services for this user. Authentication is required before each registration, call establishment attempt, location update, and supplementary service activation, deactivation, registration or deletion. The completion of the deregistration of the terminal equipment on the network side and the deletion of the evolved packet system (evolved packet system, EPS) bearer is called the Detach process.
SIM卡注册入网之后,会进行随机接入,与网络设备建立RRC连接。在没有通信业务的时候会处于空闲态,有通信业务接入的时候处于连接态。以LTE为例,如果终端设备无任何数据下载或者上传时,终端设备处于空闲态/IDLE/RRC_IDLE。如果终端设备再次发起业务,终端设备需要做Service Request,不需要再次Attach,即没有鉴权和查询终端设备能力的过程,只需要包括随机接入、RRC连接和默认承载建立,此时终端设备处于连接态/CONNECT/RRC_CONNECT。当终端设备不活动定时器超时,终端设备会从连接态回到空闲态,这样可以节约通信资源,减少通信设备的负荷。After the SIM card is registered to the network, it will perform random access and establish an RRC connection with the network device. It will be in the idle state when there is no communication service, and in the connected state when there is communication service access. Taking LTE as an example, if the terminal device does not have any data to download or upload, the terminal device is in the idle state /IDLE/RRC_IDLE. If the terminal device initiates a service again, the terminal device needs to make a Service Request and does not need to attach again, that is, there is no process of authentication and querying the capabilities of the terminal device. It only needs to include random access, RRC connection, and default bearer establishment. The terminal device is in Connected state /CONNECT/RRC_CONNECT. When the terminal device inactivity timer expires, the terminal device will return from the connected state to the idle state, which can save communication resources and reduce the load of the communication device.
处于IDLE状态下的终端设备转变为连接状态时需发起随机接入过程,如:呼叫、响应寻呼、TAU、Attach等。其中,竞争随机接入使用的场景可以包括以下几种:从RRC_IDLE状态到RRC_CONNECT状态的转换,即RRC连接过程,如初始接入和TAU更新;无线链路失败后的初始接入,即RRC连接重建过程;在RRC_CONNECT状态,未获得上行同步但需要发送上行数据和控制信息或虽未上行失步但需要通过随机接入申请上行资源;在RRC_CONNECT状态,从服务小区切换到目标小区;在RRC_CONNECT状态,未获得上行同步但需要接收下行数据。When the terminal device in the IDLE state changes to the connected state, it needs to initiate a random access process, such as calling, responding to paging, TAU, Attach, etc. Among them, the scenarios used for competing random access can include the following: transition from the RRC_IDLE state to the RRC_CONNECT state, that is, the RRC connection process, such as initial access and TAU update; the initial access after the radio link fails, that is, the RRC connection Reconstruction process; in RRC_CONNECT state, uplink data and control information are not obtained but uplink data and control information are not obtained or uplink resources are not out of synchronization but need to apply for uplink resources through random access; in RRC_CONNECT state, switch from serving cell to target cell; in RRC_CONNECT state , The uplink synchronization is not obtained but the downlink data needs to be received.
从技术实现来看,目前市场上的终端设备双卡双待方案大体分为两种。一种是双卡双待双通方案,用两套芯片组做,即终端设备里装有两套基带芯片、射频芯片和存储器系统,这 样的实现方式,能支持两张SIM卡同时工作,并且切换时不需要重新开关机,分别由两套芯片与网络侧设备通信。但问题是其成本几乎也是普通手机的两倍,而且耗电量也常常是正常手机的两倍,两张SIM卡之间还会产生频段干扰。还有一种方案是双卡双待单通方案,终端设备里装有一套基带芯片、一套射频、一套协议,然后在传统终端设备芯片组上加一个模拟开关(Analog Switch),手动切换网络,将两套独立运行的协议栈进行密切的整合,使其通过一套协议栈来实现。现在的双卡双待单通方案的原理是,通过软件,用一颗控制芯片IC不断在两个网络间切换,自动搜索网络,由于切换时间非常短,例如千分之一毫秒的频率,对用户而言并不能感觉到是网络发生了切换,等同于实现了两张卡同时处于工作状态。另外,国际标准规定,当多业务并发时,话音与短信的优先级永远高于数据业务,并且用户不能自己切换优先级,这称为双卡双待优先熔断机制。在双卡双待终端设备中,我们可以定义主副卡的概念,主卡可以是当前终端设备与网络建立的通信连接中承载数据业务的SIM卡,副卡是不用于承载数据业务的另一张SIM卡。例如,设置当前主卡为第一SIM卡,副卡为第二SIM卡,那第一SIM卡用于承载用户面数据的发送和接受并且使用其对应第一电信运营商的流量并可能产生计费,第二SIM卡暂时没有用户面数据的交互,第一SIM卡、第二SIM卡都保持与网络侧的连接,这样可以监听和回应网络寻呼消息,比如语音接入请求等等,第一SIM卡、第二SIM卡可以同时处于待机状态。在下文所提到的切换SIM卡或者SIM卡的切换,实质上是改变多张SIM卡进行数据/语音业务的优先级顺序,也可以称为主副SIM卡的切换。From the perspective of technical realization, the current dual-card dual-standby solutions for terminal devices on the market are roughly divided into two types. One is the dual-card dual-standby dual-pass solution, which uses two sets of chipsets, that is, two sets of baseband chips, radio frequency chips and memory systems are installed in the terminal equipment. This implementation method can support two SIM cards to work at the same time, and When switching, there is no need to switch the machine again, and two sets of chips communicate with the network side equipment respectively. But the problem is that its cost is almost twice that of an ordinary mobile phone, and the power consumption is often twice that of a normal mobile phone, and there will be frequency band interference between two SIM cards. Another solution is the dual-card dual-standby single-pass solution. The terminal device is equipped with a set of baseband chip, a set of radio frequency, and a set of protocols, and then an analog switch is added to the traditional terminal device chipset to manually switch the network. , The two sets of independently operating protocol stacks are closely integrated, so that they can be realized through a set of protocol stacks. The principle of the current dual-card dual-standby single-pass solution is that through software, a control chip IC is used to continuously switch between the two networks and automatically search for the network. Because the switching time is very short, such as the frequency of one thousandth of a millisecond, The user cannot feel that the network is switched, which is equivalent to realizing that two cards are in working condition at the same time. In addition, international standards stipulate that when multiple services are concurrent, the priority of voice and SMS is always higher than that of data services, and users cannot switch the priority by themselves. This is called a dual-card dual-standby priority fuse mechanism. In dual-card dual-standby terminal equipment, we can define the concept of primary and secondary cards. The primary card can be the SIM card that carries data services in the current communication connection between the terminal equipment and the network, and the secondary card is another one that is not used to carry data services. SIM cards. For example, if the current primary card is set to be the first SIM card and the secondary card is the second SIM card, the first SIM card is used to carry user plane data transmission and reception and uses the traffic corresponding to the first telecommunications operator and may generate calculations. Fees, the second SIM card has no user-plane data interaction for the time being. Both the first SIM card and the second SIM card remain connected to the network side so that they can monitor and respond to network paging messages, such as voice access requests, etc. The one SIM card and the second SIM card can be in the standby state at the same time. The switching of the SIM card or the switching of the SIM card mentioned below essentially changes the priority order of multiple SIM cards for data/voice services, and may also be referred to as the switching of primary and secondary SIM cards.
上述基带芯片是指可以用来合成即将发射的基带信号,并且解码接收到的基带信号。发射基带信号时,把音频信号编译成基带码;接收信号时,把基带码译码为音频信号。同时,基带芯片也负责地址信息、文字信息和图片信息等的编译。基带芯片是一种集成度非常复杂的SOC,主流的基带芯片支持多种网络制式,即在一颗基带芯片上支持所有的移动网络和无线网络制式,包括2G、3G、4G和WiFi等,多模移动终端可实现全球范围内多个移动网络和无线网络间的无缝漫游。目前大部分基带芯片的基本结构是微处理器和数字信号处理器,微处理器是整颗芯片的控制中心,大部分使用的是ARM核,而DSP子系统负责基带处理。基带芯片可分为五个子块:CPU处理器、信道编码器、数字信号处理器、调制解调器和接口模块。The aforementioned baseband chip means that it can be used to synthesize the baseband signal to be transmitted and decode the received baseband signal. When transmitting a baseband signal, the audio signal is compiled into a baseband code; when receiving a signal, the baseband code is decoded into an audio signal. At the same time, the baseband chip is also responsible for the compilation of address information, text information, and picture information. The baseband chip is a very complex SOC. The mainstream baseband chip supports multiple network standards, that is, supports all mobile networks and wireless network standards on a single baseband chip, including 2G, 3G, 4G and WiFi, etc. Modular mobile terminals can realize seamless roaming among multiple mobile networks and wireless networks worldwide. At present, the basic structure of most baseband chips is a microprocessor and a digital signal processor. The microprocessor is the control center of the entire chip, most of which use ARM cores, and the DSP subsystem is responsible for baseband processing. The baseband chip can be divided into five sub-blocks: CPU processor, channel encoder, digital signal processor, modem and interface module.
基带芯片具有多种功能,各个功能的正常工作是通过微型处理器进行配置与协调的。基带芯片以ARM微型处理器为中心,它通过ARM微型处理器的专用总线(AHB总线)来控制和配置ARM微型处理器周围的各个外设功能模块,这些功能模块主要有GSM、WiFi、GPS、蓝牙、DSP和内存等等,并且每一个功能模块都有独立的内存和地址空间,他们的功能是相互独立的,互不影响的。并且基带芯片自身拥有一个电源管理芯片。The baseband chip has a variety of functions, and the normal work of each function is configured and coordinated through a microprocessor. The baseband chip is centered on the ARM microprocessor. It controls and configures the peripheral function modules around the ARM microprocessor through the dedicated bus (AHB bus) of the ARM microprocessor. These function modules mainly include GSM, WiFi, GPS, Bluetooth, DSP, memory, etc., and each functional module has an independent memory and address space, and their functions are independent of each other and do not affect each other. And the baseband chip itself has a power management chip.
射频是无线通信设备的一个核心部件,是将无线电磁波信号和二进制数字信号进行互相转化的基础部件。射频与天线(Antenna,ANT)连接,接受信号时天线从无线信道中接收射频信号,发射信号时天线将射频信号辐射到无线信道中。Radio frequency is a core component of wireless communication equipment and a basic component that converts wireless electromagnetic wave signals and binary digital signals into each other. The radio frequency is connected to the antenna (Antenna, ANT). When receiving the signal, the antenna receives the radio frequency signal from the wireless channel, and when the signal is transmitted, the antenna radiates the radio frequency signal into the wireless channel.
射频按照功能可分为发射端(Transmit,TX)和接收端(Receive,RX)。发送端主要功能为将模拟基带/中频信号调制为射频信号。接收端主要功能为将天线接收的射频信号解调为模拟基带/中频信号。Radio frequency can be divided into transmitting end (Transmit, TX) and receiving end (Receive, RX) according to function. The main function of the transmitter is to modulate the analog baseband/IF signal into a radio frequency signal. The main function of the receiving end is to demodulate the radio frequency signal received by the antenna into an analog baseband/IF signal.
射频按照组成器件可以包括功率放大器(Power Amplifier,PA)、低频噪声放大器(Low Noise Amplif ier,LNA)、滤波器(Filters,FT)、开关(Switches)、双工器(Duplexes)、调谐器(Antenna Tuner)、功分器(Power divider,PS)环形器(Circulator,CL)、无线射频集成电路(Rad1 Frequency  Integrated Circuit,RFIC)。功率放大器负责将发射通道的射频信号放大。滤波器负责发射及接受信号的滤波。低噪声放大器负责放大接收的射频信号的功率,降低射频通路的噪声系数,提高接收灵敏度指标。射频开关负责接受、发射通道之间的切换。双工器负责准双工切换、接受/发送通道的射频信号滤波。调谐器负责射频信号的信道选择、频率变化和放大。CL特性为正向导通反向隔离。功分器一入两出,用于将射频信号的功率平均分为两路。RFIC也可以称为无线射频芯片,根据RFIC内部寄存器配置的不同,RFIC可调制解调不同频段的LTE信号,如将射频信号变为模拟基带/中频信号或将模拟基带/中频信号变为射频信号。According to the components of radio frequency, it can include power amplifier (PA), low noise amplifier (LNA), filter (Filters, FT), switch (Switches), duplexer (Duplexes), tuner ( Antenna Tuner, Power divider (PS) Circulator (CL), and Radio Frequency Integrated Circuit (RFIC). The power amplifier is responsible for amplifying the radio frequency signal of the transmitting channel. The filter is responsible for filtering the transmitted and received signals. The low noise amplifier is responsible for amplifying the power of the received radio frequency signal, reducing the noise figure of the radio frequency path, and improving the receiving sensitivity index. The radio frequency switch is responsible for switching between receiving and transmitting channels. The duplexer is responsible for quasi-duplex switching and RF signal filtering of the receiving/sending channel. The tuner is responsible for the channel selection, frequency change and amplification of the radio frequency signal. The CL characteristic is forward conduction and reverse isolation. The power divider has one input and two outputs, and is used to divide the power of the radio frequency signal into two evenly. RFIC can also be called a wireless radio frequency chip. Depending on the configuration of the internal registers of the RFIC, RFIC can modulate and demodulate LTE signals in different frequency bands, such as transforming radio frequency signals into analog baseband/IF signals or transforming analog baseband/IF signals into radio frequency signals .
其中,射频开关是将多路射频信号中的任一路或几路通过控制逻辑连通,以实现不同型号路径的切换,包括接收与发射的切换、不同频段间的切换等,以达到共用天线、节省终端产品成本的目的。射频开关按照用途可分为移动通信传导开关、WiFi开关、天线开关;按照结构可分为单刀双掷、单刀多掷、多刀多掷。Among them, the radio frequency switch connects any one or several of the multiple radio frequency signals through the control logic to realize the switching of different types of paths, including the switching of receiving and transmitting, and the switching between different frequency bands, so as to achieve shared antennas and save The purpose of the end product cost. Radio frequency switches can be divided into mobile communication conduction switches, WiFi switches, and antenna switches according to their uses; according to their structure, they can be divided into single-pole double-throw, single-pole multi-throw, and multi-pole multi-throw.
终端设备待机通常要完成2大任务:第一是向网络发送基于位置/时间等条件的更新消息;第二是周期性地监听和回应网络下发的寻呼消息。双卡双待单通终端设备通常配备单个射频发射端Tx和2个射频接收端Rx,目前阶段,业界技术水平仍未实现1个Tx对双系统信息的发送,也没有实现2个Rx同一时刻分别调度到不同系统,所以双卡双待单通终端设备的待机是通过时隙切换的方式完成的。The terminal device usually needs to complete two major tasks in standby: the first is to send update messages based on conditions such as location/time to the network; the second is to periodically monitor and respond to paging messages sent by the network. Dual-card dual-standby single-pass terminal equipment is usually equipped with a single radio frequency transmitter Tx and 2 radio frequency receivers Rx. At this stage, the industry's technical level has not yet achieved 1 Tx to send dual system information, nor has it achieved 2 Rx at the same time. Separately scheduled to different systems, so the standby of dual-card dual-standby single-pass terminal equipment is completed by the way of time slot switching.
在一个实施例中,双卡双待的终端设备可以安装两张SIM卡(第一SIM卡和第二SIM卡),并且该终端中配置有一路射频发射器TX和两路射频接收器RX。上述终端中的第一SIM卡和第二SIM卡可以分别单独占用使用这两路射频RX中的一路射频RX通路,分时使用该终端中的一路射频TX。如,第一SIM卡使用第一射频RX,第二SIM卡使用第二射频RX,第一SIM卡和第二SIM卡分时使用第一射频TX。第一SIM卡接口和第二SIM卡接口分别耦合的管理器,管理器耦合处理器,处理器连接射频收发器。其中,上述处理器可以为基带处理器(Base Band Processor,BBP)。In one embodiment, a dual-card dual-standby terminal device can install two SIM cards (a first SIM card and a second SIM card), and the terminal is configured with one radio frequency transmitter TX and two radio frequency receivers RX. The first SIM card and the second SIM card in the above-mentioned terminal can separately occupy and use one of the two radio frequency RX channels, and use one radio frequency TX in the terminal in time sharing. For example, the first SIM card uses the first radio frequency RX, the second SIM card uses the second radio frequency RX, and the first SIM card and the second SIM card use the first radio frequency TX in time sharing. The manager is coupled to the first SIM card interface and the second SIM card interface respectively, the manager is coupled to the processor, and the processor is connected to the radio frequency transceiver. Wherein, the foregoing processor may be a baseband processor (Base Band Processor, BBP).
通信时,管理器可以向处理器发送与第一SIM卡业务相关的上行数据包,以及发送与第二SIM卡业务相关的上行数据包。处理器可以按照第一SIM卡和第二SIM卡的各个上行数据包在第一射频TX上的发射优先级,通过第一射频TX向对应网络设备发送上行数据包。发射优先级规则由终端设备设定,可以由用户手动设置,也可以根据其他规则设定。比如,用户设置了普通数据业务中第一SIM卡优先于第二SIM卡使用,则第一SIM卡发送上行数据包在第一射频TX上的发射优先级高于第二SIM卡发送上行数据包。During communication, the manager may send an uplink data packet related to the service of the first SIM card and an uplink data packet related to the service of the second SIM card to the processor. The processor may send the uplink data packet to the corresponding network device through the first radio frequency TX according to the transmission priority of each uplink data packet of the first SIM card and the second SIM card on the first radio frequency TX. The transmission priority rule is set by the terminal device, can be set manually by the user, or can be set according to other rules. For example, if the user sets the first SIM card to be used in priority to the second SIM card in the ordinary data service, the transmission priority of the uplink data packet sent by the first SIM card on the first radio frequency TX is higher than that of the uplink data packet sent by the second SIM card .
另外,在国际标准中,通话业务的优先级始终高于数据业务。因此如果终端设备接收到的网络设备的唤醒paging请求(通话信令包)用于请求进行语音通话业务,上行语音包在第一射频TX会上的发射优先级会高于上行数据包。In addition, in international standards, the priority of the call service is always higher than that of the data service. Therefore, if the wake-up paging request (call signaling packet) of the network device received by the terminal device is used to request the voice call service, the transmission priority of the uplink voice packet at the first radio frequency TX conference will be higher than that of the uplink data packet.
在一个实施例中,终端设备切换主副SIM卡的情形如图1所示。此处切换主副SIM卡是指表象上来看终端设置里主卡由第一SIM卡切换为第二SIM卡,本质上是上述所讲的SIM卡在第一射频TX上的发射优先级的改变。终端设备先是由第一SIM卡对应的第一电信运营商提供通信服务,此时终端设备由第一电信运营商对应的第一网络侧设备优先进行通信业务传输。当终端设备发起切换至第二SIM卡的请求后,终端设备改变为由第二电信运营商对应的第二网络侧设备优先进行通信业务传输。In one embodiment, the situation where the terminal device switches between the primary and secondary SIM cards is shown in FIG. 1. Switching between the primary and secondary SIM cards here means that the primary card is switched from the first SIM card to the second SIM card in the terminal settings, which is essentially the change in the transmission priority of the SIM card on the first radio frequency TX mentioned above. . The terminal equipment is first provided by the first telecommunications operator corresponding to the first SIM card to provide communication services, and at this time, the first network side equipment corresponding to the first telecommunications operator preferentially performs communication service transmission for the terminal equipment. After the terminal device initiates a request for switching to the second SIM card, the terminal device changes to the second network side device corresponding to the second telecommunications operator to preferentially perform communication service transmission.
在另一个实施例中,双卡双待的终端设备可以安装两张SIM卡(第一SIM卡和第二SIM卡),并且该终端中配置有两套基带芯片、两套射频,即有两路射频发射器TX和两路射频接 收器RX。上述终端中的第一SIM卡和第二SIM卡可以分别单独占用使用这两套射频中的一套射频。如,第一SIM卡使用第一射频TX和第一射频RX,第二SIM卡使用第二射频TX和第二射频RX。此时终端设备实现双卡双待双通,第一SIM卡通过第一射频与第一电信运营商网络建立第一通信连接,第二SIM卡通过第二射频与第二电信运营商网络建立第二通信连接,第一通信连接和第二通信连接可以同时处于工作状态并且互不影响。In another embodiment, a dual-card dual-standby terminal device can install two SIM cards (the first SIM card and the second SIM card), and the terminal is equipped with two sets of baseband chips and two sets of radio frequencies, that is, there are two sets of baseband chips and two sets of radio frequencies. RF transmitter TX and two RF receivers RX. The first SIM card and the second SIM card in the above terminal can separately occupy and use one of the two sets of radio frequencies. For example, the first SIM card uses the first radio frequency TX and the first radio frequency RX, and the second SIM card uses the second radio frequency TX and the second radio frequency RX. At this time, the terminal device realizes dual-card dual-standby dual-communication. The first SIM card establishes a first communication connection with the first telecommunications operator network through the first radio frequency, and the second SIM card establishes a second communication connection with the second telecommunications operator network through the second radio frequency. Two communication connections, the first communication connection and the second communication connection can be in working state at the same time and do not affect each other.
本申请将讨论图1所述的通信系统在一种高速移动场景下的应用,尤其是高铁场景中的应用。This application will discuss the application of the communication system described in FIG. 1 in a high-speed mobile scenario, especially an application in a high-speed rail scenario.
高速铁路(简称高铁)是现在各国国民出行的重要方式之一,尤其是在中国,中国是目前世界上覆盖路程最长的国家。用户在高铁旅途中产生通信需求,各家电信运营商会在现有的高铁线路段修建通信覆盖基站来提供通信服务,例如中国有主要三大电信运营商,即中国移动、中国联通、中国电信。由于各电信运营商的资金及网络规划、网络优化存在差异,会存在某个相同区域,第一电信运营商的网络覆盖更广,用户体验相对好一些,而第二电信运营商的网络没有覆盖到或信号较差,用户体验相对较差。签约标识模块(subscriber identification module,SIM)是电信运营商辨别用户身份的证件卡,也称为用户身份识别卡,使用SIM卡可以接入电信运营商进行通信服务。双卡双待终端设备是指该终端设备可以同时装下两张SIM卡,并且这两张SIM卡可以同时处于待机状态。目前中国手机市场上很多型号的手机支持双卡双待,使用双卡双待手机的用户通常会选择两张不同电信运营商的SIM卡,根据需求选择使用某个电信运营商的通信服务。High-speed railways (referred to as high-speed railways) are now one of the important ways for citizens of various countries to travel, especially in China, which is currently the country with the longest coverage in the world. Users generate communication demands during high-speed rail journeys. Various telecom operators will build communication coverage base stations on existing high-speed rail lines to provide communication services. For example, China has three major telecom operators, namely China Mobile, China Unicom, and China Telecom. Due to differences in the funds, network planning, and network optimization of various telecom operators, there will be a certain same area. The first telecom operator has a wider network coverage and a relatively better user experience, while the second telecom operator's network does not have coverage. The arrival or signal is poor, and the user experience is relatively poor. The subscriber identification module (SIM) is a credential card used by a telecom operator to identify a user, and is also called a user identification card. The SIM card can be used to access the telecom operator for communication services. The dual-card dual-standby terminal device means that the terminal device can install two SIM cards at the same time, and the two SIM cards can be in a standby state at the same time. At present, many models of mobile phones in the Chinese mobile phone market support dual-SIM and dual-standby. Users who use dual-SIM and dual-standby phones usually choose two SIM cards of different telecom operators and choose to use the communication services of a certain telecom operator according to their needs.
在终端设备上,通常情况下用户使用一个默认设定的SIM卡进行数据通信,当通信状况不佳时,用户可以手动切换使用的SIM卡从而切换到另外一家电信运营商的通信网络上。在某些终端操作系统中安装有这样的功能,用户在终端设备上可以设置自动切换SIM卡为当下通信质量最佳的电信运营商的SIM卡。用户在终端设备上开启自动切换SIM卡的情况下,在高速铁路移动通信系统中,随着高铁高速移动,用户终端设备可能会高频率地进行电信运营商通信服务的切换,从而导致终端设备通信服务出现乒乓切换、重建率以及掉话率较高等问题。On terminal equipment, users usually use a default SIM card for data communication. When the communication status is poor, the user can manually switch the SIM card used to switch to the communication network of another telecom operator. Such a function is installed in some terminal operating systems, and the user can set on the terminal device to automatically switch the SIM card to the SIM card of the telecom operator with the best communication quality at the moment. When the user turns on the automatic switching of the SIM card on the terminal equipment, in the high-speed railway mobile communication system, as the high-speed railway moves at a high speed, the user terminal equipment may switch the communication service of the telecom operator at a high frequency, which causes the terminal equipment to communicate The service has problems such as ping-pong handover, high rebuild rate, and high call drop rate.
本申请提供一种高速移动场景下的通信方法及设备和一种云端通信的方法和云服务器以及一种通信系统,用来解决高速移动场景下多SIM卡终端设备的电信运营商高频率切换导致的通信服务不稳定的问题。在高速移动场景下,尤其是高铁路段上,个体终端上报某个区域内电信运营商的掉话率、掉线率、卡顿率、脱网率、时延时间、网络速率、运营商切换次数等通信质量指标到云服务器,云服务器经过大数据学习,智能选出该线路区域内最佳电信运营商,生成“高铁路线—电信运营商”映射表,即第一映射表,并下发给终端。高铁模式是加载于终端设备上的一种功能和服务,可实现根据本申请提供的方法自动切换主副SIM卡从而使用通信服务最佳的电信运营商。在终端设备开启高铁模式的情况下,基于电信运营商通信情况的先验信息及云服务器的大数据学习结果,即云端服务器推送的“高铁路线—电信运营商”映射表,多SIM卡终端设备可以自动切换至通信情况更佳的电信运营商,保证终端设备一直处于最优的通信状态,终端设备用户得到更优的通信体验。关于上述提及的高速移动场景下的通信方法、相关设备及通信系统,下文会详细阐述,这里先不赘述。This application provides a communication method and device in a high-speed mobile scenario, a cloud communication method, a cloud server, and a communication system, which are used to solve the problem of high-frequency handover caused by telecommunication operators of multiple SIM card terminal devices in the high-speed mobile scenario. The problem of unstable communication services. In high-speed mobile scenarios, especially on high-speed railway sections, individual terminals report the call drop rate, call drop rate, stall rate, disconnect rate, delay time, network speed, and number of operator switchovers of telecom operators in a certain area After the communication quality indicators are sent to the cloud server, the cloud server intelligently selects the best telecom operator in the line area through big data learning, generates the "high-speed railway line-telecom operator" mapping table, that is, the first mapping table, and sends it to terminal. The high-speed rail mode is a function and service loaded on the terminal equipment, which can automatically switch between the primary and secondary SIM cards according to the method provided in this application to use the telecom operator with the best communication service. When the terminal device is in the high-speed rail mode, based on the prior information of the telecom operator's communication situation and the big data learning result of the cloud server, that is, the "high-speed rail line-telecom operator" mapping table pushed by the cloud server, multi-SIM card terminal equipment It can automatically switch to a telecom operator with better communication conditions to ensure that the terminal device is always in the optimal communication state, and the terminal device user gets a better communication experience. The above-mentioned communication methods, related equipment and communication systems in the high-speed mobile scenario will be described in detail below, and will not be repeated here.
上述提及的“高铁路线—电信运营商”映射表可以如表1所示。表中可以包括高铁路线标识、区域标识、区域的切换顺序以及区域对应的电信运营商标识,还有每个区域内各点位置的定位数据,这里的区域指的是将高铁路线划分为连续的高铁路径片段,每个高铁路径片段 对应一个在此高铁路径上通信情况最优的电信运营商,这个连续的高铁路径片段在这里称为一个区域。每个区域中可以包含多个小区,可以被一个及以上电信运营商的基站信号覆盖,其中,小区也称为蜂窝小区,是指在蜂窝移动通信系统中,其中的一个基站或基站的一部分(扇形天线)所覆盖的范围,在这个范围内移动台可以通过无线信道可靠地与基站进行通信。The above-mentioned "high-speed railway line-telecom operator" mapping table can be as shown in Table 1. The table can include the high-speed railway line identification, area identification, the switching sequence of the area, and the corresponding telecom operator identification of the area, as well as the positioning data of the position of each point in each area. The area here refers to the division of the high-speed railway line into continuous High-speed rail path segments. Each high-speed rail path segment corresponds to a telecom operator with the best communication condition on the high-speed rail path. This continuous high-speed rail path segment is referred to as an area here. Each area can contain multiple cells, which can be covered by the base station signals of one or more telecommunication operators. Among them, a cell is also called a cell, which refers to a base station or a part of a base station in a cellular mobile communication system ( Sector antenna) within this range, the mobile station can reliably communicate with the base station through the wireless channel.
“高铁路线—电信运营商”映射表中可以有多条高铁路线标识,每条高铁路线会被一个或多个区域覆盖,在一个实施例中,第一高铁路线可以被第一区域、第二区域、第三区域覆盖,区域的切换顺序为:第一区域→第二区域→第三区域。→表示切换方向,即终端设备在第一高铁路线上高速移动时,从第一区域切换到第二区域,再从第二区域切换到第三区域。第二高铁路线可以被第一区域、第二区域、第四区域、第五区域覆盖,区域的切换顺序为:第一区域→第二区域→第四区域→第五区域。第三高铁路线可以被第一区域、第二区域、第四区域、第六区域覆盖,区域的切换顺序为:第一区域→第二区域→第四区域→第六区域。每个区域对应一个该区域范围内通信质量最优的电信运营商。There may be multiple high-speed railway line identifiers in the "high-speed railway line-telecom operator" mapping table, and each high-speed railway line will be covered by one or more areas. In one embodiment, the first high-speed railway line may be covered by the first area and the second area. The area and the third area are covered, and the switching sequence of the areas is: first area → second area → third area. →Indicates the switching direction, that is, when the terminal device moves at a high speed on the first high-speed railway line, it switches from the first area to the second area, and then switches from the second area to the third area. The second high-speed railway line can be covered by the first area, the second area, the fourth area, and the fifth area, and the switching sequence of the areas is: the first area → the second area → the fourth area → the fifth area. The third high-speed railway line can be covered by the first area, the second area, the fourth area, and the sixth area, and the switching sequence of the areas is: the first area → the second area → the fourth area → the sixth area. Each area corresponds to a telecom operator with the best communication quality within the area.
表1Table 1
Figure PCTCN2020133806-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2020133806-appb-000001
图2是本申请通信系统涉及到的现有技术中竞争随机接入(RRC连接)过程示意图,主要分为四步:Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of a competitive random access (RRC connection) process in the prior art involved in the communication system of this application, which is mainly divided into four steps:
S101、随机接入前导码(random access preamble)。终端设备选择随机接入码preamble(随机接入前导码)和随机接入资源物理随机接入信道(physical random access channel,PRACH),在选择的PRACH资源上向基站发送所选的随机接入码preamble。在NR中,为基于步骤S101消息的系统消息请求预留特定的preamble和/或PRACH资源。S101. Random access preamble (random access preamble). The terminal device selects the random access code preamble (random access preamble) and the physical random access channel (PRACH) of the random access resource, and sends the selected random access code to the base station on the selected PRACH resource preamble. In the NR, a specific preamble and/or PRACH resource is reserved for the system message request based on the step S101 message.
S102、随机接入响应(random access response)。基站接收到随机接入请求,向终端发送随机接入响应,随机接入响应中包含上行定时提前量、为步骤S103消息中分配的上行资源UL grant、网络侧分配的临时小区无线网络临时标识(cell radio network temporary identifier,C-RNTI)。承载步骤S102消息中调度消息的物理下行控制信道(physical downlink control channel,PDCCH)用RA-RNTI(标示用户发随机接入前导所使用的资源块)加扰,步骤S102消息中还携带preamble ID,终端通过RA-RNTI和preamble ID确定该步骤S102消息是与其发送的步骤S101消息对应的。在NR中,针对基于步骤S101消息的系统消息请求,步骤S102消息中只包含于步骤S101消息对应的preamble ID信息,没有其他内容。并且对于基于步骤S101消息的系统消息请求场景,随机接入过程到步骤S102消息就结束了,即如果接收到的 步骤S102消息中包含与步骤S101消息发送的preamble对应的preamble ID,则认为基于步骤S101消息的系统消息请求过程完成。S102. Random access response (random access response). The base station receives the random access request and sends a random access response to the terminal. The random access response includes the uplink timing advance, the uplink resource UL grant allocated in the step S103 message, and the temporary cell wireless network temporary identification ( cell radio network temporary identifier, C-RNTI). The physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) that carries the scheduling message in the step S102 message is scrambled with RA-RNTI (indicating the resource block used by the user to send the random access preamble), and the step S102 message also carries the preamble ID. The terminal determines through the RA-RNTI and the preamble ID that the step S102 message corresponds to the step S101 message sent by it. In the NR, for the system message request based on the step S101 message, the step S102 message only contains the preamble ID information corresponding to the step S101 message, and there is no other content. And for the system message request scenario based on the step S101 message, the random access process ends with the step S102 message, that is, if the received step S102 message contains the preamble ID corresponding to the preamble sent by the step S101 message, it is considered to be based on the step S102 message. The system message request process of the S101 message is completed.
S103、调度传输(scheduled transmission)。终端在步骤S102消息指定的UL grant上发送上行传输,不同随机接入原因步骤S103消息上行传输的内容不同,比如初始接入,步骤S103消息传输的是RRC连接建立请求。S103. Scheduled transmission (scheduled transmission). The terminal sends uplink transmission on the UL grant specified in the step S102 message. The content of the uplink transmission of the step S103 message for different random access reasons is different, such as initial access. The step S103 message transmits an RRC connection establishment request.
S104、冲突解决(contention resolution)。终端根据步骤S104消息可以判断随机接入是否成功。对于初始接入终端,竞争解决成功后临时C-RNTI自动转化为终端在该小区的唯一终端标识C-RNTI。S104. Conflict resolution (contention resolution). The terminal can judge whether the random access is successful according to the message in step S104. For the initial access terminal, the temporary C-RNTI is automatically converted into the unique terminal identification C-RNTI of the terminal in the cell after the contention is resolved successfully.
图3示例性地表示出了一种高铁路线上的通信区域覆盖场景。如图3所示,高铁站A与高铁站B之间的高铁路线上被不同电信运营商的多个基站覆盖,用于为在该高铁路线上移动的终端设备提供服务。基站即公用移动通信基站,是移动终端设备接入互联网的接口设备,也是无线电台站的一种形式,是指在一定的无线电覆盖区中,通过移动通信交换中心,与移动终端设备之间进行信息传递的无线电收发信电台。在本申请一实施例中,根据一种方法,将高铁路线划分为连续的高铁路径片段,每个高铁路径片段对应一个在此高铁路径上通信情况最优的电信运营商,这个连续的高铁路径片段在这里称为一个区域。每个区域中可以包含一个及以上小区,可以被一个及以上电信运营商的基站信号覆盖,其中,小区也称为蜂窝小区,是指在蜂窝移动通信系统中,其中的一个基站或基站的一部分(扇形天线)所覆盖的范围,在这个范围内移动台可以通过无线信道可靠地与基站进行通信。关于上述提及的方法,下文会详细阐述,这里先不赘述。Figure 3 exemplarily shows a communication area coverage scenario on a high-speed railway line. As shown in FIG. 3, the high-speed railway line between the high-speed railway station A and the high-speed railway station B is covered by multiple base stations of different telecommunication operators, and is used to provide services for terminal equipment moving on the high-speed railway line. A base station is a public mobile communication base station. It is an interface device for mobile terminal equipment to access the Internet. It is also a form of radio station. It refers to a certain radio coverage area through a mobile communication switching center to communicate with mobile terminal equipment. Radio transceiver station for information transmission. In an embodiment of the present application, according to a method, the high-speed rail line is divided into continuous high-speed rail path segments, and each high-speed rail path segment corresponds to a telecommunication operator with the best communication condition on the high-speed rail path, and this continuous high-speed rail path The fragment is called a region here. Each area can contain one or more cells, which can be covered by the base station signals of one or more telecommunication operators. Among them, a cell is also called a cell, which refers to a base station or a part of a base station in a cellular mobile communication system. (Sector antenna) Covers the range within which the mobile station can reliably communicate with the base station through the wireless channel. Regarding the methods mentioned above, I will elaborate on them below, so I won’t repeat them here.
在本申请中,当终端设备开启高铁模式后,终端设备即可获取路径信息,然后基于本申请所提供的一种高速移动场景下的通信方法和一种生成映射表的方法,基于路径信息确定区域,并进行主副SIM卡的切换。In this application, when the terminal device turns on the high-speed rail mode, the terminal device can obtain path information, and then determine based on the path information based on a communication method in a high-speed mobile scenario and a method of generating a mapping table provided by this application Area, and switch between primary and secondary SIM cards.
终端设备获取的路径信息中至少包括终端设备的移动路线的路径信息。具体的,一条路线的路径信息可以包括该路线上的多个区域的切换顺序以及每个区域的信息。其中,区域的信息可以包括该区域对应的运营商、频段、所属基站(eNobeB)的ID、经纬度、TAC(tracking area code)、小区的CELL ID(cell identification)等标识,或者是该小区的ECI等用于唯一标识该小区的标识。其中,ECI表示小区所属的基站(eNobeB)的ID与该小区的CELL ID组成的ID。The path information acquired by the terminal device at least includes path information of the movement route of the terminal device. Specifically, the path information of a route may include the switching sequence of multiple areas on the route and the information of each area. Among them, the area information can include the operator, frequency band, ID, latitude, longitude, TAC (tracking area code), cell ID (cell identification) of the cell corresponding to the area, frequency band, base station (eNobeB), etc., or the ECI of the cell Such as the identity used to uniquely identify the cell. Among them, ECI represents the ID composed of the ID of the base station (eNobeB) to which the cell belongs and the CELL ID of the cell.
例如,基于如图3所示的场景,高铁站A与高铁站B之间的第一高铁路线,可以被第一区域、第二区域、第三区域覆盖。当终端设备的移动路线为从高铁站A到高铁站B之间的第一高铁路线时,终端设备获取的路径信息中至少包括第一高铁路线的路径信息。其中,第一高铁路线的路径信息包括第一区域、第二区域、第三区域这三个区域的信息以及三个区域的切换顺序。For example, based on the scenario shown in FIG. 3, the first high-speed railway line between the high-speed rail station A and the high-speed rail station B may be covered by the first area, the second area, and the third area. When the moving route of the terminal device is the first high-speed rail line from the high-speed rail station A to the high-speed rail station B, the path information acquired by the terminal device includes at least the path information of the first high-speed rail line. Wherein, the path information of the first high-speed railway line includes the information of the first area, the second area, and the third area, and the switching sequence of the three areas.
在一个实施例中,如图3所示,三个区域的切换顺序为:第一区域→第二区域→第三区域,其中,→表示切换方向,即终端设备在第一高铁路线上高速移动时,从第一区域切换到第二区域,再从第二区域切换到第三区域。In one embodiment, as shown in Figure 3, the switching sequence of the three areas is: first area → second area → third area, where → represents the switching direction, that is, the terminal device moves at high speed on the first high-speed railway line , Switch from the first area to the second area, and then switch from the second area to the third area.
终端设备可以基于路径信息中的区域切换顺序以及每个区域标识对应的标识,确定当前驻留的区域(当前区域)、即将进入的下一个区域、当前区域的上一个区域,便于终端设备在相邻区域之间进行切换。The terminal device can determine the area where it currently resides (the current area), the next area that is about to enter, and the previous area of the current area based on the area switching sequence in the path information and the identifier corresponding to each area identifier, so that the terminal equipment can be in the corresponding area. Switch between neighboring areas.
例如,终端设备当前驻留第一区域,且即将经过的下一个区域为第二区域。当终端设备 检测到即将进入第二区域时,即可准备提前切换到第二区域。同样的,终端设备当前驻留第二区域,且终端设备检测到即将经过的下一个区域为第三区域时,即可准备提前切换到第三区域。For example, the terminal device currently resides in the first area, and the next area that it will pass is the second area. When the terminal device detects that it is about to enter the second area, it can prepare to switch to the second area in advance. Similarly, when the terminal device currently resides in the second area, and the terminal device detects that the next area to be passed is the third area, it can prepare to switch to the third area in advance.
可选的,每个区域信息还可以包括该区域内通信制式的切换优先级,用于在终端设备检测到多个属于下一个区域的网络制式时,可以根据优先级信息选择优先级最高的网络制式进行切换。例如,在相同通信状态下,可以设定5G通信为第一优先级,4G通信为第二优先级,3G通信为第三优先级,2G通信为第四优先级,其中,第一优先级先于第二优先级、第三优先级、第四优先级被选择,第二优先级先于第三优先级、第四优先级被选择,第三优先级先于第四优先级被选择。Optionally, each area information may also include the switching priority of the communication system in the area, which is used to select the network with the highest priority according to the priority information when the terminal device detects multiple network standards belonging to the next area The system is switched. For example, in the same communication state, you can set 5G communication as the first priority, 4G communication as the second priority, 3G communication as the third priority, and 2G communication as the fourth priority. Among them, the first priority is the first priority. The second priority, the third priority, and the fourth priority are selected. The second priority is selected before the third priority and the fourth priority. The third priority is selected before the fourth priority.
在本申请中,终端设备可以通过多种方式获取路径信息。In this application, the terminal device can obtain path information in a variety of ways.
在一个示例中,可以由云端服务器主动向开启了高铁模式的终端设备推送路径信息。即当终端设备开启高铁模式,终端设备即可接收到云端服务器推送的路径信息,其中,推送的路径信息可以是一个路径信息集合,该路径信息集合中包括多条路线的路径信息,该多条路线中包括终端设备的移动路线。In an example, the cloud server can actively push the path information to the terminal device that has activated the high-speed rail mode. That is, when the terminal device turns on the high-speed rail mode, the terminal device can receive the route information pushed by the cloud server, where the pushed route information can be a route information set, and the route information set includes the route information of multiple routes. The route includes the movement route of the terminal device.
示例性的,如图4所示,以高铁站A为起点,共包括3条路线,分别为从高铁站A到高铁站B的第一高铁路线、高铁站A到高铁站C的第二高铁路线以及高铁站A到高铁站D的第三高铁路线。第一高铁路线上存在三个区域,按照从高铁站A到高铁站B的方向,区域的切换顺序为:第一区域→第二区域→第三区域。第二高铁路线上存在四个区域,按照从高铁站A到高铁站C的方向,区域的切换顺序为:第一区域→第二区域→第四区域→第五区域。第三高铁路线上存在四个区域,按照从高铁站A到高铁站D的方向,区域的切换顺序为:第一区域→第二区域→第四区域→第六区域。Exemplarily, as shown in Figure 4, taking high-speed rail station A as the starting point, there are a total of 3 routes, namely the first high-speed rail line from high-speed rail station A to high-speed rail station B, and the second high-speed rail line from high-speed rail station A to high-speed rail station C. Route and the third highest railway line from HSR Station A to HSR Station D. There are three areas on the first high-speed railway line. According to the direction from high-speed railway station A to high-speed railway station B, the switching order of the areas is: first area → second area → third area. There are four areas on the second high-speed railway line. According to the direction from high-speed railway station A to high-speed railway station C, the switching order of the areas is: first area → second area → fourth area → fifth area. There are four areas on the third high-speed railway line. According to the direction from high-speed railway station A to high-speed railway station D, the switching order of the areas is: first area → second area → fourth area → sixth area.
基于如图4所示的高铁路线,当终端设备位于高铁站A且开启高铁模式时,在暂且没有确定高铁路线的情况下,云端服务器推送的路径信息包括第一高铁路线、第二高铁路线以及第三高铁路线的路径信息。其中,第一高铁路线为终端设备的移动路线。Based on the high-speed railway line shown in Figure 4, when the terminal device is located at high-speed railway station A and the high-speed railway mode is turned on, the path information pushed by the cloud server includes the first high-speed railway line, the second high-speed railway line, and the high-speed railway line for the time being. Route information of the third highest railway line. Among them, the first high-speed railway line is the mobile route of the terminal equipment.
在一个示例中,终端设备中可以预先存储相应的路径信息。终端设备在开启高铁模式后,可以基于所在的位置,在本地查找对应的路径信息。其中,终端设备存储的路径信息也可以是一个路径信息集合。In an example, the corresponding path information may be pre-stored in the terminal device. After the terminal device turns on the high-speed rail mode, it can find the corresponding route information locally based on its location. Wherein, the path information stored by the terminal device may also be a path information collection.
例如,基于如图4所示的高铁路线,终端设备检测到该终端设备位于高铁站A,则可以从本地存储的路径信息中查找与高铁站A对应的路径信息集合。其中,与高铁站A对应的路径信息集合中可以包括以高铁站A为起点的多个高铁路线的路径信息,例如,包括第一高铁路线、第二高铁路线以及第三高铁路线的路径信息。其中,第一高铁路线为终端设备的移动路线。For example, based on the high-speed railway line shown in FIG. 4, the terminal device detects that the terminal device is located at high-speed railway station A, and can search for the path information set corresponding to high-speed railway station A from the locally stored path information. Wherein, the path information set corresponding to high-speed railway station A may include path information of multiple high-speed railway lines starting from high-speed railway station A, for example, including path information of the first high-speed railway line, the second high-speed railway line, and the third high-speed railway line. Among them, the first high-speed railway line is the mobile route of the terminal equipment.
在一个示例中,终端设备可以向网络侧设备请求路径信息。例如,终端设备在开启高铁模式后,允许终端设备读取铁路服务中心发送的短信通知,从而获取该终端设备的行程信息,包括车次编号。终端设备向云端服务器发送携带该车次编号的请求信,以请求云端服务器下发与该车次编号对应的路径信息。In an example, the terminal device may request path information from the network side device. For example, after the terminal device turns on the high-speed rail mode, the terminal device is allowed to read the short message notification sent by the railway service center, so as to obtain the itinerary information of the terminal device, including the train number. The terminal device sends a request letter carrying the vehicle number to the cloud server to request the cloud server to issue path information corresponding to the vehicle number.
例如,终端设备获取的车次编号对应的高铁路线为第一高铁路线,云端服务器则下发第一高铁路线的路径信息给终端设备,以使得终端设备能够获取准确的高铁路线。For example, the high-speed railway line corresponding to the train number obtained by the terminal device is the first high-speed railway line, and the cloud server issues path information of the first high-speed railway line to the terminal device, so that the terminal device can obtain an accurate high-speed railway line.
接下来,本申请结合图5,说明本申请提供的一种通信方法。Next, this application describes a communication method provided by this application with reference to FIG. 5.
图5中,第一网络设备是第一电信运营商的网络侧设备,第二网络设备是第二电信运营 商的网络侧设备。终端设备可以通过第一SIM卡与第一网络设备进行用户面数据交互,也可以通过第二SIM卡与第二网络设备进行用户面数据交互。第一网络设备和第二网络设备分别可以连接到互联网(internet),与其进行用户面数据交换。互联网(internet),又称国际网络,指的是网络与网络之间所串连成的庞大网络,这些网络以一组通用的协议相连,形成逻辑上的单一巨大国际网络。In Figure 5, the first network device is the network side device of the first telecommunications operator, and the second network device is the network side device of the second telecommunications operator. The terminal device may perform user plane data interaction with the first network device through the first SIM card, and may also perform user plane data interaction with the second network device through the second SIM card. The first network device and the second network device can be respectively connected to the Internet to exchange user plane data therewith. The internet, also known as the international network, refers to the huge network that is connected between networks. These networks are connected by a set of common protocols to form a logically single huge international network.
如图5所示,用户开机之后双卡双待的终端设备的两张SIM卡同时分别注册进入对应的电信运营商的通信系统内,终端设备开启高铁模式后,终端设备会确定位置,从而确定在当前位置下属于哪个区域内,进而触发电信运营商的切换。在一个示例中,终端设备由第一区域行驶至第二区域,触发主副SIM卡切换,终端设备主卡由第一SIM卡切换至第二SIM卡。切换之前终端设备先是由第一SIM卡对应的第一电信运营商提供数据通信服务,当终端设备的位置改变触发区域切换时,终端设备将主卡由第一SIM卡切换至第二SIM卡。切换完成后,终端设备由第二SIM卡对应的第二电信运营商提供数据通信服务。As shown in Figure 5, after the user turns on, the two SIM cards of the dual-card dual-standby terminal device are registered and entered into the communication system of the corresponding telecom operator at the same time. After the terminal device turns on the high-speed rail mode, the terminal device will determine the location and determine Which area it belongs to under the current location, which in turn triggers the handover of the telecom operator. In an example, the terminal device travels from the first area to the second area, triggering the switching of the primary and secondary SIM cards, and the primary card of the terminal device is switched from the first SIM card to the second SIM card. Before the switching, the terminal device is provided by the first telecommunications operator corresponding to the first SIM card to provide data communication services. When the location of the terminal device changes and triggers area switching, the terminal device switches the main card from the first SIM card to the second SIM card. After the handover is completed, the terminal device is provided with data communication services by the second telecommunication operator corresponding to the second SIM card.
具体地,该流程包括以下步骤:Specifically, the process includes the following steps:
S201,第一SIM卡注册入网,建立第一通信连接。终端设备开启使用第一SIM卡,第一SIM卡凭借网络鉴权数据请求接入对应的第一电信运营商系统的第一基站,获得允许通过第一电信运营商通信的权利。终端设备通过第一SIM卡与第一网络设备建立第一通信连接。S201: The first SIM card registers into the network, and establishes a first communication connection. The terminal device starts to use the first SIM card, and the first SIM card requests access to the first base station of the corresponding first telecommunications operator system based on the network authentication data, and obtains the right to allow communication through the first telecommunications operator. The terminal device establishes a first communication connection with the first network device through the first SIM card.
S202,第二SIM卡注册入网,建立第二通信连接。终端设备开启使用第二SIM卡,第二SIM卡凭借网络鉴权数据请求接入对应的第二电信运营商系统的第二基站,获得允许通过第二电信运营商通信的权利。终端设备通过第二SIM卡与第二网络设备建立第二通信连接。S202: The second SIM card registers into the network, and establishes a second communication connection. The terminal device starts to use the second SIM card, and the second SIM card requests to access the corresponding second base station of the second telecommunication operator system based on the network authentication data, and obtains the right to allow communication through the second telecommunication operator. The terminal device establishes a second communication connection with the second network device through the second SIM card.
步骤S201和S202均完成后,此时终端设备处于双卡双待状态。图6是一种终端设备显示界面示意图。在一个示例中,如图6所示,在该装有双SIM卡的终端设备开机后,终端设备显示界面60,其顶部状态栏中可以显示两个电信运营商的信号指示符,即中国移动信号标识601,和中国联通信号标识602,表明终端设备的两张SIM卡都已经登陆了各自电信运营商的通信网络,可以进行通信业务。After both steps S201 and S202 are completed, the terminal device is now in a dual-card dual-standby state. Figure 6 is a schematic diagram of a terminal device display interface. In an example, as shown in FIG. 6, after the terminal device equipped with dual SIM cards is turned on, the terminal device displays an interface 60, and the top status bar can display the signal indicators of two telecom operators, that is, China Mobile The signal identification 601 and the China Unicom signal identification 602 indicate that the two SIM cards of the terminal device have been logged into the communication network of the respective telecommunication operator and can perform communication services.
S203,开启高铁模式。终端设备开启高铁模式,开启高铁模式的方式可以是用户手动开启,也可以是终端设备检测到当前处于高铁路段或者检测到当前时速超过200km/h,然后自动开启高铁模式等等方式。高铁模式开启后,终端设备可执行S204—S208所描述的步骤。S203: Turn on the high-speed rail mode. The terminal device turns on the high-speed rail mode, which can be manually turned on by the user, or the terminal device detects that it is currently in a high-speed rail section or detects that the current speed exceeds 200km/h, and then automatically turns on the high-speed rail mode. After the high-speed rail mode is turned on, the terminal device can perform the steps described in S204-S208.
S204,确定位置。在终端设备开启高铁模式后,终端设备可以不断地或者间歇地确定终端设备的位置信息。确定位置的方式可以是卫星定位,可以是基站定位,也可以是WIFI定位等等,例如GPS定位,或者通过终端设备的PLMN、MAC、CELL ID确定所在位置。S204: Determine the location. After the terminal device turns on the high-speed rail mode, the terminal device can continuously or intermittently determine the location information of the terminal device. The method for determining the position can be satellite positioning, base station positioning, WIFI positioning, etc., such as GPS positioning, or the location can be determined through the PLMN, MAC, and CELL ID of the terminal device.
S205,用户面数据(第一SIM卡)。终端设备在当前区域内选定使用第一SIM卡为主卡进行通信业务,第一电信运营商提供通信服务,终端设备与第一网络设备之间、第一网络设备与互联网之间有用户面数据交互。S205, user plane data (first SIM card). The terminal equipment chooses to use the first SIM card as the main card for communication services in the current area, and the first telecommunication operator provides communication services. There is a user interface between the terminal equipment and the first network equipment, and between the first network equipment and the Internet. Data interaction.
S206,区域改变。终端设备根据当前位置信息与云端服务器推送的“高铁路段—电信运营商”映射表中的区域标识中的位置信息进行比对,当确定先前位于第一区域的终端设备目前位于第二区域内,或者与第二区域之间的距离小于第一距离值时,终端设备会发起SIM卡切换。其中,第一距离值可以为距离第二区域较短的距离,如1KM;另外,第一距离值可以为0或负距离,距离值为0或负距离时表示终端设备已经离开第一区域进入第二区域。区域发生改变时终端设备触发切换SIM卡的指令。S206, the area is changed. The terminal device compares the current location information with the location information in the area identifier in the "high-speed railway section-telecom operator" mapping table pushed by the cloud server. When it is determined that the terminal device previously located in the first area is currently located in the second area, Or when the distance from the second area is less than the first distance value, the terminal device initiates SIM card switching. Among them, the first distance value can be a shorter distance from the second area, such as 1KM; in addition, the first distance value can be 0 or a negative distance. When the distance value is 0 or a negative distance, it means that the terminal device has left the first area and entered The second area. When the area changes, the terminal device triggers an instruction to switch the SIM card.
S207,切换主副SIM卡。比如,终端设备在检测到位置由第一区域行驶到第二区域时, 映射表中显示应该由第一电信运营商的通信网络切换至通信质量更好的第二电信运营商的通信网络上。终端设备发起主副SIM卡切换,主卡由第一SIM卡切换至第二SIM卡。终端设备硬件侧切换的实质可以是射频TX由与第一SIM卡连接的优先级高于第二SIM卡改变至射频TX由与第二SIM卡连接的优先级高于第一SIM卡。终端设备由第一通信连接承载数据业务改变为由第二通信连接承载数据业务。此时,由第一电信运营商优先向终端设备提供数据通信服务,变为由第二电信运营商优先向终端设备提供数据通信服务。S207: Switch the primary and secondary SIM cards. For example, when the terminal device detects that the location is traveling from the first area to the second area, the mapping table shows that the communication network of the first telecommunication operator should be switched to the communication network of the second telecommunication operator with better communication quality. The terminal device initiates a primary and secondary SIM card switching, and the primary card is switched from the first SIM card to the second SIM card. The essence of switching on the hardware side of the terminal device may be that the radio frequency TX is changed from being connected to the first SIM card with a higher priority than the second SIM card to that the radio frequency TX is connected to the second SIM card with a higher priority than the first SIM card. The terminal device is changed from the first communication connection to carry the data service to the second communication connection to carry the data service. At this time, the first telecommunication operator preferentially provides data communication services to the terminal equipment, and the second telecommunication operator preferentially provides data communication services to the terminal equipment.
在终端设备发起切换主副SIM卡之前,可以检测终端设备有没有正在进行的语音业务。如果没有,终端设备就发起切换。如果终端设备正在进行语音业务,则需等待通话结束后,终端设备再发起主副SIM卡的切换。Before the terminal device initiates the switching of the primary and secondary SIM cards, it can detect whether the terminal device has an ongoing voice service. If not, the terminal device initiates a handover. If the terminal device is performing a voice service, it needs to wait for the end of the call before the terminal device initiates the switch between primary and secondary SIM cards.
S208,用户面数据(第二SIM卡)。终端设备在当前区域内选定使用第二SIM卡为主卡进行通信业务,第二电信运营商提供通信服务,终端设备与第二网络设备之间、第二网络设备与互联网之间有用户面数据交互。S208, user plane data (second SIM card). The terminal device chooses to use the second SIM card as the main card for communication services in the current area, and the second telecommunication operator provides communication services. There is a user interface between the terminal device and the second network device, and between the second network device and the Internet. Data interaction.
在一个实施例中,第二电信运营商在第二区域内提供的通信服务的质量要优于第一电信运营商在第二区域内提供的通信服务的质量。In one embodiment, the quality of the communication service provided by the second telecommunication operator in the second area is better than the quality of the communication service provided by the first telecommunication operator in the second area.
本申请提供一种高速移动场景下的通信方法及设备,在一个示例中,终端设备具备高铁模式,用户可以通过手动的方式或者自动的方式开启终端设备的高铁模式。当该终端设备处于高铁模式时,该终端设备的高铁功能被开启,进而可以实现高铁模式所提供的在高速移动场景下的切换主副SIM卡的策略。This application provides a communication method and device in a high-speed mobile scenario. In one example, the terminal device has a high-speed rail mode, and the user can manually or automatically turn on the high-speed rail mode of the terminal device. When the terminal device is in the high-speed rail mode, the high-speed rail function of the terminal device is turned on, so that the strategy of switching between primary and secondary SIM cards in the high-speed mobile scenario provided by the high-speed rail mode can be realized.
图7示例性地表示出了一种终端设备显示界面示意图。如图7中的(a)所示,终端设备可以在设置界面中显示高铁模式的菜单栏,该设置界面还可以包括常规的设置菜单栏,例如蓝牙、飞行模式、无线局域网、声音等菜单栏。或者,如图4中的(b)所示,终端设备可以在快捷控制界面中显示高铁模式的图标,该快捷控制界面可以通过用户特定的手势操作快速调出常用功能控制图标的界面,特定的手势操作可以是从终端设备屏幕顶部下划,也可以是从终端设备屏幕底部上划等操作手势,这里不做限制。该快捷控制界面上可以包括常规功能的图标,用于实现相关功能的快捷操作,例如蓝牙、飞行模式、无线局域网、亮度、声音、手电筒、锁屏等图标。Figure 7 exemplarily shows a schematic diagram of a terminal device display interface. As shown in (a) in Figure 7, the terminal device can display a menu bar for high-speed rail mode in the setting interface, and the setting interface can also include conventional setting menu bars, such as menu bars for Bluetooth, flight mode, wireless LAN, sound, etc. . Or, as shown in Figure 4(b), the terminal device can display the high-speed rail mode icon in the shortcut control interface. The shortcut control interface can quickly call up the interface of commonly used function control icons through user-specific gesture operations. Gesture operations can be swiping down from the top of the screen of the terminal device, or swiping up from the bottom of the screen of the terminal device, and there is no restriction here. The shortcut control interface may include icons for conventional functions to implement shortcut operations of related functions, such as Bluetooth, flight mode, wireless local area network, brightness, sound, flashlight, lock screen and other icons.
当终端设备在设置界面或者快捷控制界面上检测到用户的相关操作,例如,用户触摸、点击设置界面或者快捷控制界面上的“高铁模式”图标等,检测到用户需要开启高铁模式,终端设备可以通过弹窗询问用户是否确定开启高铁模式。例如,终端设备检测到如图7中的(a)所示高铁模式的菜单栏的开关键被开启,或者检测到如图4中的(b)所示高铁模式的图标被点亮,终端设备可以显示如图7中的(c)所示的弹窗,显示“确定开启高铁模式?”的询问信息,以及“是”和“否”的选择键。当终端设备检测到用户点击“是”时,终端设备开启高铁模式。When the terminal device detects the user's related operations on the setting interface or the quick control interface, for example, the user touches or clicks the "high-speed rail mode" icon on the setting interface or the quick control interface, etc., and detects that the user needs to turn on the high-speed rail mode, the terminal device can Ask the user through a pop-up window whether to open the high-speed rail mode. For example, the terminal device detects that the switch key of the high-speed rail mode menu bar as shown in Figure 7 (a) is turned on, or detects that the high-speed rail mode icon is lit as shown in Figure 4 (b), and the terminal device A pop-up window as shown in (c) in Figure 7 can be displayed, displaying the inquiry message "Are you sure to turn on the high-speed rail mode?", and the selection keys for "Yes" and "No". When the terminal device detects that the user clicks "Yes", the terminal device turns on the high-speed rail mode.
在一个示例中,终端设备还可以显示时速检测的菜单栏和/或图标,用于提供一种自动检测时速的功能。图8示例性地表示出了另一种终端设备显示界面示意图,如图8中的(a)所示,终端设备可以在设置界面中显示时速检测的菜单栏,当终端设备检测到用户在该设置界面上开启该时速检测的菜单栏的开关键时,终端设备即可开始实时检测该终端设备的移动速度。或者,如图8中的(b)所示,终端设备可以在快捷控制界面中显示时速检测的图标。当终端设备检测到用户在该快捷控制界面上选择时速检测的图标时,终端设备即可开始实时检测该终端设备的移动速度。In an example, the terminal device may also display a menu bar and/or an icon for speed detection to provide a function of automatically detecting the speed. Figure 8 exemplarily shows a schematic diagram of another terminal device display interface. As shown in Figure 8 (a), the terminal device can display a menu bar for speed detection in the setting interface. When the terminal device detects that the user is in this When the switch key of the menu bar of the speed detection is turned on on the setting interface, the terminal device can start to detect the moving speed of the terminal device in real time. Alternatively, as shown in (b) of Figure 8, the terminal device may display an icon for speed detection in the shortcut control interface. When the terminal device detects that the user selects the speed detection icon on the quick control interface, the terminal device can start to detect the moving speed of the terminal device in real time.
示例性的,终端设备可以通过内置的定位系统实时测量移动速度,例如全球定位系统 (global positioning system,GPS)、北斗卫星导航系统(BeiDou navigation satellite system,BDS)、格洛纳斯(GLONASS)卫星导航系统、伽利略卫星导航系统(Galileo satellite navigation system)等。或者,当终端设备位于高铁上之后,可以通过短距离通信技术,例如蓝牙(Bluetooth)、无线保真(wireless fidelity,WiFi)、近场通信(near field communication,NFC)、Hilink协议、光保真技术(light fidelity,LiFi)等与高铁建立短距离通信连接,然后获取高铁共享的时速信息,确定终端设备的移动速度等。终端设备还可以根据PLMN、TAC编号、CELL ID等基站定位确定所在位置。Exemplarily, the terminal device can measure the moving speed in real time through a built-in positioning system, such as global positioning system (GPS), BeiDou navigation satellite system (BDS), GLONASS satellite Navigation system, Galileo satellite navigation system, etc. Or, when the terminal device is located on the high-speed rail, it can use short-range communication technologies, such as Bluetooth (Bluetooth), wireless fidelity (WiFi), near field communication (NFC), Hilink protocol, optical fidelity Technology (light fidelity, LiFi), etc. establish a short-distance communication connection with the high-speed rail, and then obtain the speed information shared by the high-speed rail, and determine the moving speed of the terminal device. The terminal device can also determine its location based on the PLMN, TAC number, CELL ID and other base station positioning.
当终端设备检测到该终端设备的移动速度超过第一时速且持续超过第一时间时,即可通过弹窗显示是否开启高铁模式的询问信息,用于询问用户是否开启高铁模式,这里,第一时速可以为200Km/h,第一时间可以为2秒。例如,如图8(c)所示,终端设备在检测时速达到200Km/h时,通过弹窗显示“当前时速达到200Km/h,是否开启高铁模式?”的询问信息,以及“是”和“否”的选择键。当终端设备检测到用户点击“是”时,终端设备开启高铁模式。When the terminal device detects that the moving speed of the terminal device exceeds the first speed and continues to exceed the first time, it can display the inquiry message whether to open the high-speed rail mode through a pop-up window, which is used to ask the user whether to open the high-speed rail mode. Here, the first The speed can be 200Km/h, and the first time can be 2 seconds. For example, as shown in Figure 8(c), when the terminal device detects that the speed reaches 200Km/h, the pop-up window displays the inquiry message "The current speed reaches 200Km/h, do you want to turn on the high-speed rail mode?", as well as "Yes" and " No" selection key. When the terminal device detects that the user clicks "Yes", the terminal device turns on the high-speed rail mode.
或者,当终端设备检测到移动速度超过第一时速且持续超过第一时间时,终端设备也可以自动开启高铁模式,而无需通过弹窗询问用户。Or, when the terminal device detects that the moving speed exceeds the first speed per hour and continues to exceed the first time, the terminal device can also automatically turn on the high-speed rail mode without asking the user through a pop-up window.
可选的,终端设备在开启高铁模式后,若检测到移动速成低于第二阈值(第二阈值可以小于第一阈值),并且持续超过第二时间,终端设备可以自主关闭高铁模式,或者通过弹窗,询问用户是否关闭高铁模式。Optionally, after the terminal device turns on the high-speed rail mode, if it detects that the speed of movement is lower than the second threshold (the second threshold may be less than the first threshold), and continues to exceed the second time, the terminal device can automatically turn off the high-speed rail mode, or pass A pop-up window asks the user whether to turn off the high-speed rail mode.
在一个实施例中,开启了高铁模式的终端设备进行主副SIM卡切换操作的时候,可以在终端设备上弹出询问界面,如图9所示,可以弹出温馨提示询问弹窗,询问语句可以是图9(a)中“尊敬的用户,我们检测到您当前处于高铁模式,正在使用中国联通的SIM卡,为了更优的通信体验,我们建议您切换到中国移动的SIM卡,是否同意?”,以及“是”“否”选项。询问语句也可以是图9(b)中“尊敬的用户,我们识别到您当前处于XX高铁线路,AI大数据为了您体验更优的通信网络,建议您切换到XX运营商的SIM卡,是否同意”,以及“是”“否”选项。弹框关键字可以呈现但不限于:高铁、切换SIM卡、提升体验、切换运营商、AI大数据等字眼。当用户选择同意后,终端设备可以进行主副SIM卡的切换,若用户选择不同意,则终端设备不改动当前SIM卡的设定。另外,还可以设置“以后不再提示”的选项,用户可以选择让终端设备自动进行主副SIM卡切换而不受到打扰。In one embodiment, when the terminal device in the high-speed rail mode performs the primary and secondary SIM card switching operation, an inquiry interface can be popped up on the terminal device, as shown in Figure 9, a warm prompt inquiry pop-up window can be popped up, and the inquiry sentence can be In Figure 9(a), "Dear user, we have detected that you are currently in high-speed rail mode and are using China Unicom's SIM card. For a better communication experience, we suggest you switch to China Mobile's SIM card. Do you agree?" , And "Yes" and "No" options. The query sentence can also be "Dear user, we have identified that you are currently on the XX high-speed rail line. AI Big Data recommends that you switch to the XX operator's SIM card for you to experience a better communication network." Agree", and "Yes" and "No" options. The keywords in the pop-up box can present but are not limited to: high-speed rail, switch SIM card, improve experience, switch operator, AI big data and other words. When the user chooses to agree, the terminal device can switch between the primary and secondary SIM cards. If the user chooses not to agree, the terminal device does not change the current SIM card settings. In addition, you can also set the option of "Don't prompt again", and the user can choose to let the terminal device automatically switch between the primary and secondary SIM cards without being disturbed.
在一个示例中,终端设备还可以自主检测高铁专用网络。当终端设备检测到高铁专用网络时,可以自主开启高铁模式,也可以通过显示弹窗,向用户询问是否开启高铁模式。例如,终端设备检测到高铁专用网络时,通过弹窗可以显示“当前已进入高铁专用网络,是否开启高铁模式?”的询问信息,以及“是”和“否”的选择键。当终端设备检测到用户点击“是”时,终端设备开启高铁模式。In an example, the terminal device can also autonomously detect the high-speed rail dedicated network. When the terminal device detects the high-speed rail dedicated network, it can automatically turn on the high-speed rail mode, or it can ask the user whether to turn on the high-speed rail mode by displaying a pop-up window. For example, when the terminal device detects the high-speed rail dedicated network, the pop-up window can display the inquiry message "I have entered the high-speed rail dedicated network, do you want to turn on the high-speed rail mode?", and the selection buttons for "Yes" and "No". When the terminal device detects that the user clicks "Yes", the terminal device turns on the high-speed rail mode.
在本申请中,当终端设备开启高铁模式后,终端设备的高铁功能被开启,终端设备即可获取高铁路段路径信息,然后基于高铁功能所提供的切换策略,进行主副SIM卡切换。In this application, when the terminal device turns on the high-speed rail mode, the high-speed rail function of the terminal device is turned on, and the terminal device can obtain the path information of the high-speed rail section, and then switch between the primary and secondary SIM cards based on the switching strategy provided by the high-speed rail function.
本申请提供一种通信方法,该方法可以基于大数据学习机制实现。图10为本申请提供的一种基于大数据学习的通信系统框图。其中,终端设备支持“高铁模式”识别,包括但不限于人工选择高铁模式图标/菜单,以及通过终端设备的磁场/加速度传感器等方法自动识别。处于“高铁模式”下的终端设备会自动上报使用某SIM卡的掉话、掉线、卡顿、脱网、时延、网速、所属电信运营商等情况,同时上报终端设备所处的经纬度、TAC(tracking area code)、CELL ID等位置标注信息,以及电信运营商频繁切换情况等。This application provides a communication method, which can be implemented based on a big data learning mechanism. FIG. 10 is a block diagram of a communication system based on big data learning provided by this application. Among them, the terminal device supports "high-speed rail mode" recognition, including but not limited to manual selection of the high-speed rail mode icon/menu, and automatic recognition through methods such as the magnetic field/acceleration sensor of the terminal device. The terminal equipment in the "high-speed rail mode" will automatically report the situation of dropped calls, dropped calls, freezes, disconnections, delays, network speeds, and telecom operators using a certain SIM card, and also reports the latitude and longitude of the terminal equipment. , TAC (tracking area code), CELL ID and other location marking information, as well as the frequent switching of telecom operators.
如图10所示,该通信系统的云端网络侧设备可以包括云存储服务器、云通信服务器以及云策略生成服务器。As shown in FIG. 10, the cloud network side device of the communication system may include a cloud storage server, a cloud communication server, and a cloud policy generation server.
其中,云存储服务器可以用于获取并存储多个终端设备上报的海量通信质量报告。其中,每个通信质量报告包含多个信息,这些信息可以包括终端设备中SIM卡对应的掉话率、掉线率、卡顿率、脱网率、时延时间(ms)、网络速率(mb/s)等通话质量信息,经纬度、TAC(tracking area code)、CELL ID等位置标注信息,以及电信运营商频繁切换情况、对应的电信运营商标识等。海量可以指的是数以百万计、数以千万级及以上的数量。Among them, the cloud storage server can be used to obtain and store a large number of communication quality reports reported by multiple terminal devices. Among them, each communication quality report contains multiple pieces of information, which can include the drop rate, drop rate, stall rate, disconnect rate, delay time (ms), network rate (mb) corresponding to the SIM card in the terminal device. /s) and other call quality information, location marking information such as latitude and longitude, TAC (tracking area code), CELL ID, etc., as well as the frequent switching of telecom operators, the corresponding telecom operator identification, etc. Mass can refer to the number of millions, tens of millions and above.
云策略生成服务器允许访问云存储服务器,获取终端设备上报云存储服务器的相关数据。云策略生成服务器可以基于大数据学习机制,基于经纬度等位置标注信息,根据终端设备上报的异常信息,进行筛选、聚类等大数据学习计算方法,得出该段高铁路径上可以提供最优通信体验的电信运营商(区分制式),然后将生成的最优“电信运营商+网络制式”标识导入云通信服务器,众多“电信运营商+网络制式”标识构成“高铁路线—电信运营商”映射表。即云服务器根据一个区域内终端设备上报的通信质量报告中的通信质量参数,生成该区域内的“高铁路线—电信运营商”映射表。云策略生成服务器会根据每条高铁路线生成一份映射表,并不断根据新的通信信息,定期更新“高铁路线—电信运营商”映射表。其中,该映射表包括多个区域的标识、多个区域各自对应的电信运营商的标识。区域信息包含该区域内各点位置的定位数据。在另一种实施例中,在映射表中,一个区域对应的电信运营商可以为在该区域内提供的通信服务的通信质量高于第一阈值,第一阈值可以是优良通信服务对应的中上综合通信质量参数,在第一阈值之上的通信质量均为优良水平,从用户体验来说相差不大。在此之上,可以再以其他参数选择更合适的电信运营商。具体地参数和第一阈值,可以根据实际情况作出调整,这里不做限制。The cloud policy generation server allows access to the cloud storage server and obtains relevant data reported by the terminal device to the cloud storage server. The cloud strategy generation server can be based on the big data learning mechanism, based on the location labeling information such as latitude and longitude, and perform filtering, clustering and other big data learning calculation methods according to the abnormal information reported by the terminal equipment, and it is concluded that the optimal communication can be provided on the high-speed rail path. Experienced telecom operators (differentiating standards), and then import the generated optimal "telecommunications operator + network standard" logo into the cloud communication server, and many "telecommunications operators + network standard" logos form a "high railway line-telecom operator" mapping table. That is, the cloud server generates the "high-speed railway line-telecom operator" mapping table in the area according to the communication quality parameters in the communication quality report reported by the terminal equipment in the area. The cloud strategy generation server will generate a mapping table according to each high-speed railway line, and constantly update the "high-speed railway line-telecom operator" mapping table based on new communication information. Wherein, the mapping table includes the identities of multiple regions and the identities of telecommunication operators corresponding to each of the multiple regions. The area information contains the positioning data of each point in the area. In another embodiment, in the mapping table, a telecom operator corresponding to an area may provide a communication service with a communication quality higher than a first threshold in the area, and the first threshold may be a medium corresponding to a good communication service. In terms of comprehensive communication quality parameters, the communication quality above the first threshold is all at an excellent level, which is not much different from the user experience. On top of this, other parameters can be used to select more suitable telecom operators. The specific parameters and the first threshold can be adjusted according to the actual situation, and there is no limitation here.
云通信服务器用于向开启了高铁模式的终端设备推送“高铁路线—电信运营商”映射表(第一映射表),“高铁路线—电信运营商”映射表中可以包含终端设备所处路段最优“电信运营商+网络制式”的标识信息。The cloud communication server is used to push the "high-speed rail line-telecom operator" mapping table (the first mapping table) to the terminal equipment that has activated the high-speed rail mode. The "high-speed rail line-telecom operator" mapping table can include the most recent road section where the terminal device is located. Optimize the identification information of "telecommunications operator + network standard".
具体的,一种通信方法,可以如图11所示,该方法具体步骤包括:Specifically, a communication method may be as shown in FIG. 11, and the specific steps of the method include:
S301,用户开启高铁模式。用户在终端设备上开启高铁模式,方法可以是手动开启,也可以是设置为终端设备检测到相关信息触发自动开启。S301, the user turns on the high-speed rail mode. The user turns on the high-speed rail mode on the terminal device by manually turning it on, or it may be set to trigger the automatic turning on when the terminal device detects relevant information.
S302,登录云存储服务器。终端设备开启了高铁模式后,凭借ID登录到云存储服务器。S302: Log in to the cloud storage server. After the terminal device turns on the high-speed rail mode, it logs in to the cloud storage server with its ID.
S303,登录云通信服务器。终端设备开启了高铁模式后,凭借ID登录到云通信服务器。S303: Log in to the cloud communication server. After the terminal device turns on the high-speed rail mode, it logs in to the cloud communication server with its ID.
S304,发送位置信息和通信质量信息。终端设备发送位置信息和通信质量信息至云存储服务器,其中,这里所述的信息指的是每一个终端设备发送的每一个信息的内容可以包括当前SIM卡对应的掉话率、掉线率、卡顿率、脱网率、时延时间(ms)、网络速率(mb/s)等通话质量参数,以及相应的电信运营商、经纬度、TAC(tracking area code)、CELL ID等位置标注信息,以及电信运营商频繁切换情况等。这里的电信运营商频繁切换的情况,可以理解为在第一时间内电信运营商的切换次数,第一时间可以为30秒、1分钟或者2分钟,具体视情况而定。可以理解的是,会有大量的开启高铁模式的终端设备向云存储器发送信息。S304: Send location information and communication quality information. The terminal device sends location information and communication quality information to the cloud storage server, where the information described here refers to the content of each information sent by each terminal device, which may include the current SIM card’s corresponding drop rate, drop rate, Call quality parameters such as stall rate, disconnection rate, delay time (ms), network rate (mb/s), and corresponding location information such as telecom operator, latitude and longitude, TAC (tracking area code), CELL ID, etc., And the frequent handover of telecom operators, etc. The frequent handover of telecom operators here can be understood as the number of handovers of telecom operators in the first time. The first time can be 30 seconds, 1 minute, or 2 minutes, depending on the situation. It is understandable that there will be a large number of terminal devices that turn on the high-speed rail mode to send information to the cloud storage.
S305、接受并存储位置信息和通信质量信息。云存储服务器接受并存储大量终端设备发送的位置信息和通信质量信息。可以理解的是,云存储服务器收集到的大量的信息中,针对每条高铁路线都收集到多个信息。例如,云存储服务器能够接收到以高铁站B为终点的终端设备上报的信息,那么云存储服务器收集到的信息中包括针对以高铁站B为终点的每一条高 铁路线的信息。S305. Receive and store location information and communication quality information. The cloud storage server accepts and stores location information and communication quality information sent by a large number of terminal devices. It is understandable that among the large amount of information collected by the cloud storage server, multiple pieces of information are collected for each high-speed railway line. For example, if the cloud storage server can receive the information reported by the terminal device that ends at high-speed rail station B, the information collected by the cloud storage server includes information for each high-speed rail route that ends at high-speed rail station B.
S306、发送位置信息和通信质量信息。云存储服务器将收集到的位置信息和通信质量信息发送给云策略生成服务器。S306. Send location information and communication quality information. The cloud storage server sends the collected location information and communication quality information to the cloud strategy generation server.
S307、生成第一映射表。云策略生成服务器接受云存储服务器发送来的信息后,可以采用大数据学习机制,生成该段高铁路径上可以提供最优通信体验的“电信运营商+网络制式”的标识信息,形成“高铁路线—电信运营商”映射表。S307. Generate a first mapping table. After the cloud strategy generation server receives the information sent by the cloud storage server, it can use the big data learning mechanism to generate the identification information of the "telecom operator + network standard" that can provide the best communication experience on this section of the high-speed rail path, forming a "high-speed rail line" -Telecom operators" mapping table.
具体地,云策略生成服务器采用大数据学习机制,以云存储服务器收集的通信质量信息作为输入,基于经纬度等位置标注信息,根据终端设备上报的通信质量信息,进行筛选、聚类等计算,生成该段高铁路径上可以提供最优通信体验的“电信运营商+网络制式”的标识信息,形成每个高铁路径片段对应最优电信运营商/网络制式的映射表,即“高铁路线—电信运营商”映射表。Specifically, the cloud strategy generation server uses a big data learning mechanism, takes the communication quality information collected by the cloud storage server as input, based on the location labeling information such as latitude and longitude, and performs filtering and clustering calculations based on the communication quality information reported by the terminal device to generate The identification information of the “telecom operator + network standard” that can provide the best communication experience on this section of the high-speed rail path, forming a mapping table corresponding to the optimal telecom operator/network standard for each high-speed rail path segment, that is, "high-speed rail line-telecom operation" Quotient" mapping table.
可以理解的是,云策略生成服务器可以对获取的大量切换信息进行划分,得到每一条高铁路线所对应的通信信息。然后针对每一条高铁路线,采用大数据学习机制对通信信息进行计算,生成或者优化每一条高铁路线的电信运营商切换信息。It is understandable that the cloud strategy generation server can divide the acquired large amount of handover information to obtain the communication information corresponding to each high-speed railway line. Then for each high-speed railway line, the big data learning mechanism is used to calculate the communication information, and the telecommunication operator switching information of each high-speed railway line is generated or optimized.
S308、发送第一映射表。云策略生成服务器将“高铁路线—电信运营商”映射表发送给云通信服务器。S308. Send the first mapping table. The cloud strategy generation server sends the "high-speed railway line-telecom operator" mapping table to the cloud communication server.
S309、发送第一映射表。云通信服务器定期将“高铁路线—电信运营商”映射表推送给开启了高铁模式的终端设备。可以理解的是,云通信服务器在每一次接收到云策略生成服务器发送的路径信息后,可以对本地存储的对应高铁路线的电信运营商切换信息进行替换。然后在检测到开启了高铁模式的终端设备之后,将电信运营商切换信息推动给该终端设备。在这里,定期指的是以第二时间为间隔,可以是每隔12小时,每隔一天,每隔一周等,具体视情况而调整,这里不做限制。定期推送是为了避免实时通信的带来的时延以及避免云服务端故障而导致无法通信的情况。S309. Send the first mapping table. The cloud communication server regularly pushes the "high-speed rail line-telecom operator" mapping table to terminal devices that have activated the high-speed rail mode. It is understandable that the cloud communication server can replace the locally stored telecommunication operator switching information corresponding to the high-speed railway line every time it receives the path information sent by the cloud strategy generation server. Then, after detecting the terminal device that has turned on the high-speed rail mode, the telecommunication operator switching information is pushed to the terminal device. Here, “regular” refers to the second time interval, which can be every 12 hours, every other day, every other week, etc. It can be adjusted according to the situation, and there is no restriction here. Regular push is to avoid the time delay caused by real-time communication and to avoid the failure of the cloud server to cause communication failure.
S310、根据第一映射表进行主副SIM卡切换。开启了高铁模式的终端设备基于定位信息,并根据云通信服务器发送来的“高铁路线—电信运营商”映射表中的“电信运营商+网络制式”标识消息进行主副SIM卡切换。S310: Switch between the primary and secondary SIM cards according to the first mapping table. The terminal device with the high-speed rail mode turned on is based on the positioning information, and performs the primary and secondary SIM card switching according to the "telecommunications operator + network standard" identification message in the "high-speed railway line-telecom operator" mapping table sent by the cloud communication server.
具体来说,在高铁高速移动的场景中,用户(携带终端设备)手动打开终端设备上的高铁模式或者终端设备自动开启高铁模式,此时终端设备处于高铁模式,终端设备BP(baseband processor,基带芯片)模块的MODEM(调制解调器)获取当前小区的驻留信息,可以包括PLMN(public land mobile network,公共陆地移动网)、TAC、CELL ID等,并发给终端设备的高层AP(application processor,应用芯片)模块。终端设备的AP模块收到BP模块发送来的PLMN、TAC、CELLID等信息后,在AP模块内部查找“高铁路线—电信运营商”映射表。“高铁路线—电信运营商”映射表指的是每个高铁路径片段(即区域)对应最优电信运营商/制式的映射表,映射表是由网络侧设备的云通信服务器推送给终端设备的。终端设备根据映射表,找到当前高铁路径片段上对应的通信情况最优的电信运营商及其网络制式,并进行主副SIM卡的切换。Specifically, in the scene of high-speed rail high-speed movement, the user (carrying terminal device) manually turns on the high-speed rail mode on the terminal device or the terminal device automatically turns on the high-speed rail mode. At this time, the terminal device is in the high-speed rail mode, and the terminal device BP (baseband processor, baseband processor) Chip) The MODEM (modem) of the module obtains the residency information of the current cell, which can include PLMN (public land mobile network), TAC, CELL ID, etc., and sends it to the high-level AP (application processor, application chip) of the terminal device ) Module. After the AP module of the terminal device receives the PLMN, TAC, CELLID and other information sent by the BP module, it searches the "High Railway Line-Telecom Operator" mapping table inside the AP module. "High-speed rail line-telecom operator" mapping table refers to the mapping table corresponding to the optimal telecommunication operator/standard for each high-speed rail path segment (ie region). The mapping table is pushed to the terminal device by the cloud communication server of the network side device . According to the mapping table, the terminal device finds the corresponding telecom operator and its network standard on the current high-speed rail path segment with the best communication conditions, and switches between the primary and secondary SIM cards.
云策略生成服务器基于大数据学习机制对不同电信运营商的相关通信信息进行计算,生成或者优化“高铁路线—电信运营商”映射表。具体可以采用的方法可以是聚类算法、回归统计算法、加权平均值计算等等,这里不做限制,以能实现本申请所要实现的结果为依据。The cloud strategy generation server calculates the relevant communication information of different telecom operators based on the big data learning mechanism, and generates or optimizes the "high-speed railway line-telecom operator" mapping table. Specific methods that can be used can be clustering algorithms, regression statistical algorithms, weighted average calculations, etc., which are not limited here, and are based on being able to achieve the results to be achieved in this application.
例如,在一个实施例中,云策略生成服务器可以采用聚类算法,以云数据库收集的通信 质量信息作为输入,基于经纬度等位置标注信息,根据终端设备上报的通信质量信息,进行筛选、计算后,生成该段高铁路径上可以提供最优通信体验的“电信运营商+网络制式”的标识信息,形成每个高铁路径片段对应最优电信运营商/网络制式的映射表。云策略生成服务器还可以采用加权平均值计算方法,根据当前场景所需功能不同对不同通信质量信息赋予不同的权重,进而生成一个综合指标,比如,当前场景需要更大的带宽,则带宽相关参数的权重提高,另一个场景下需要更短的时延,则时延相关参数的权重提高。For example, in one embodiment, the cloud strategy generation server may use a clustering algorithm, take communication quality information collected by a cloud database as input, mark information based on locations such as latitude and longitude, and perform filtering and calculation based on the communication quality information reported by the terminal device. , Generate the identification information of "telecommunications operator + network standard" that can provide the best communication experience on the high-speed rail path, and form a mapping table corresponding to the optimal telecom operator/network standard for each segment of the high-speed rail path. The cloud strategy generation server can also use a weighted average calculation method to assign different weights to different communication quality information according to the different functions required by the current scenario, and then generate a comprehensive index. For example, if the current scenario requires more bandwidth, bandwidth-related parameters If the weight of the delay is increased, and a shorter delay is required in another scenario, the weight of the delay-related parameters is increased.
图12为本申请提供的一种大数据计算的方法流程图,如图12所示,具体地步骤包括:Fig. 12 is a flow chart of a method for big data calculation provided by this application. As shown in Fig. 12, the specific steps include:
S401、数据提取。云策略生成服务器从云存储服务器的原始数据库中提取计算所需要的数据,数据可以包括每一个终端设备发送的各SIM卡对应的掉话率、掉线率、卡顿率、时延时间(ms)、网络速率(mb/s)等通信质量信息,以及相应的电信运营商、经纬度、TAC(tracking area code)、CELL ID等位置标注信息,以及电信运营商频繁切换情况等。S401. Data extraction. The cloud strategy generation server extracts the data needed for calculation from the original database of the cloud storage server. The data can include the call drop rate, call drop rate, jam rate, and delay time (ms) corresponding to each SIM card sent by each terminal device. ), network rate (mb/s) and other communication quality information, as well as corresponding telecommunication operators, latitude and longitude, TAC (tracking area code), CELL ID and other location marking information, as well as the frequent switching of telecommunication operators.
S402、构建数据库。云策略生成服务器可以进行数据筛选,基于所在高铁路径位置关系构建通信质量数据库,通信质量数据库包含大量小区位置及每个小区位置对应的通信质量信息,包括掉话率、掉线率、卡顿率、时延时间(ms)、网络速率(mb/s)、切换情况等等。S402. Construct a database. The cloud strategy generation server can perform data screening and build a communication quality database based on the location of the high-speed rail path. The communication quality database contains a large number of cell locations and communication quality information corresponding to each cell location, including call drop rate, call drop rate, and stall rate , Delay time (ms), network speed (mb/s), handover conditions, etc.
S403、特征数据集。在构建数据库之后,云策略生成服务器将通信质量数据库中数据进行分类,生成特征数据集,作为聚类算法的输入数据。S403. The feature data set. After the database is constructed, the cloud strategy generation server classifies the data in the communication quality database to generate a feature data set as the input data of the clustering algorithm.
S405、大数据计算。云策略生成服务器可以将特征数据集输入聚类算法中,生成“电信运营商+网络制式”标识信息。S405. Big data calculation. The cloud strategy generation server can input the characteristic data set into the clustering algorithm to generate "telecom operator + network standard" identification information.
S406、结点串联,提取路径。云策略生成服务器按照生成的“电信运营商+网络制式”标识信息划分结点集合,在结点集合中寻找连通图,根据无向图生成最小生成树(Prim算法),然后从最小生成树中提取路径,形成区域,每个区域对应一个最优通信质量的电信运营商。S406, the nodes are connected in series, and the path is extracted. The cloud strategy generation server divides the node set according to the generated "telecommunications operator + network standard" identification information, looks for the connected graph in the node set, generates the minimum spanning tree (Prim algorithm) based on the undirected graph, and then selects the minimum spanning tree Extract paths and form regions, and each region corresponds to a telecom operator with the best communication quality.
S406、输出结果数据集。基于前述步骤的大数据计算和整理,云策略生成服务器生成“高铁路线—电信运营商”映射表。S406: Output the result data set. Based on the big data calculation and sorting of the foregoing steps, the cloud strategy generation server generates a "high-speed railway line-telecom operator" mapping table.
图13示出了终端设备1300的结构示意图。FIG. 13 shows a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device 1300.
终端设备1300可以包括处理器1310,外部存储器接口1320,内部存储器1321,通用串行总线(universal serial bus,USB)接口1330,充电管理模块1340,电源管理模块1341,电池1342,天线1,天线2,移动通信模块1350,无线通信模块1360,音频模块1370,扬声器1370A,受话器1370B,麦克风1370C,耳机接口1370D,传感器模块1380,按键1390,马达1391,指示器1392,摄像头1393,显示屏1394,以及用户标识模块(subscriber identification module,SIM)卡接口1395等。其中传感器模块1380可以包括压力传感器1380A,陀螺仪传感器1380B,气压传感器1380C,磁传感器1380D,加速度传感器1380E,距离传感器1380F,接近光传感器1380G,指纹传感器1380H,温度传感器1380J,触摸传感器1380K,环境光传感器1380L,骨传导传感器1380M等。The terminal device 1300 may include a processor 1310, an external memory interface 1320, an internal memory 1321, a universal serial bus (USB) interface 1330, a charging management module 1340, a power management module 1341, a battery 1342, an antenna 1, and an antenna 2. , Mobile communication module 1350, wireless communication module 1360, audio module 1370, speaker 1370A, receiver 1370B, microphone 1370C, earphone jack 1370D, sensor module 1380, buttons 1390, motor 1391, indicator 1392, camera 1393, display 1394, and Subscriber identification module (subscriber identification module, SIM) card interface 1395, etc. The sensor module 1380 can include pressure sensor 1380A, gyroscope sensor 1380B, air pressure sensor 1380C, magnetic sensor 1380D, acceleration sensor 1380E, distance sensor 1380F, proximity light sensor 1380G, fingerprint sensor 1380H, temperature sensor 1380J, touch sensor 1380K, ambient light Sensor 1380L, bone conduction sensor 1380M, etc.
可以理解的是,本发明实施例示意的结构并不构成对终端设备1300的具体限定。在本申请另一些实施例中,终端设备1300可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件,或者组合某些部件,或者拆分某些部件,或者不同的部件布置。图示的部件可以以硬件,软件或软件和硬件的组合实现。It is understandable that the structure illustrated in the embodiment of the present invention does not constitute a specific limitation on the terminal device 1300. In other embodiments of the present application, the terminal device 1300 may include more or fewer components than shown in the figure, or combine certain components, or split certain components, or arrange different components. The illustrated components can be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of software and hardware.
处理器1310可以包括一个或多个处理单元,例如:处理器1310可以包括应用处理器(application processor,AP),调制解调处理器,图形处理器(graphics processing unit,GPU),图像信号处理器(image signal processor,ISP),控制器,存储器,视频编解码器,数字信号 处理器(digital signal processor,DSP),基带处理器,和/或神经网络处理器(neural-network processing unit,NPU)等。其中,不同的处理单元可以是独立的器件,也可以集成在一个或多个处理器中。The processor 1310 may include one or more processing units. For example, the processor 1310 may include an application processor (AP), a modem processor, a graphics processing unit (GPU), and an image signal processor. (image signal processor, ISP), controller, memory, video codec, digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), baseband processor, and/or neural-network processing unit (NPU) Wait. Among them, the different processing units may be independent devices or integrated in one or more processors.
其中,控制器可以是终端设备1300的神经中枢和指挥中心。控制器可以根据指令操作码和时序信号,产生操作控制信号,完成取指令和执行指令的控制。The controller may be the nerve center and command center of the terminal device 1300. The controller can generate operation control signals according to the instruction operation code and timing signals to complete the control of fetching instructions and executing instructions.
处理器1310中还可以设置存储器,用于存储指令和数据。在一些实施例中,处理器1310中的存储器为高速缓冲存储器。该存储器可以保存处理器1310刚用过或循环使用的指令或数据。如果处理器1310需要再次使用该指令或数据,可从所述存储器中直接调用。避免了重复存取,减少了处理器1310的等待时间,因而提高了系统的效率。A memory may also be provided in the processor 1310 to store instructions and data. In some embodiments, the memory in the processor 1310 is a cache memory. The memory can store instructions or data that have just been used or recycled by the processor 1310. If the processor 1310 needs to use the instruction or data again, it can be directly called from the memory. Repeated accesses are avoided, the waiting time of the processor 1310 is reduced, and the efficiency of the system is improved.
在一些实施例中,处理器1310可以包括一个或多个接口。接口可以包括集成电路(inter-integrated circuit,I2C)接口,集成电路内置音频(inter-integrated circuit sound,I2S)接口,脉冲编码调制(pulse code modulation,PCM)接口,通用异步收发传输器(universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter,UART)接口,移动产业处理器接口(mobile industry processor interface,MIPI),通用输入输出(general-purpose input/output,GPIO)接口,用户标识模块(subscriber identity module,SIM)接口,和/或通用串行总线(universal serial bus,USB)接口等。In some embodiments, the processor 1310 may include one or more interfaces. The interface may include an integrated circuit (inter-integrated circuit, I2C) interface, an integrated circuit built-in audio (inter-integrated circuit sound, I2S) interface, a pulse code modulation (pulse code modulation, PCM) interface, and a universal asynchronous transmitter/receiver (universal asynchronous) interface. receiver/transmitter, UART) interface, mobile industry processor interface (MIPI), general-purpose input/output (GPIO) interface, subscriber identity module (SIM) interface, and / Or Universal Serial Bus (USB) interface, etc.
I2C接口是一种双向同步串行总线,包括一根串行数据线(serial data line,SDA)和一根串行时钟线(derail clock line,SCL)。在一些实施例中,处理器1310可以包含多组I2C总线。处理器1310可以通过不同的I2C总线接口分别耦合触摸传感器1380K,充电器,闪光灯,摄像头1393等。例如:处理器1310可以通过I2C接口耦合触摸传感器1380K,使处理器1310与触摸传感器1380K通过I2C总线接口通信,实现终端设备1300的触摸功能。The I2C interface is a bidirectional synchronous serial bus, including a serial data line (SDA) and a serial clock line (SCL). In some embodiments, the processor 1310 may include multiple sets of I2C buses. The processor 1310 may be coupled to the touch sensor 1380K, charger, flash, camera 1393, etc., through different I2C bus interfaces. For example, the processor 1310 may couple the touch sensor 1380K through an I2C interface, so that the processor 1310 and the touch sensor 1380K communicate through an I2C bus interface to realize the touch function of the terminal device 1300.
I2S接口可以用于音频通信。在一些实施例中,处理器1310可以包含多组I2S总线。处理器1310可以通过I2S总线与音频模块1370耦合,实现处理器1310与音频模块1370之间的通信。在一些实施例中,音频模块1370可以通过I2S接口向无线通信模块1360传递音频信号,实现通过蓝牙耳机接听电话的功能。The I2S interface can be used for audio communication. In some embodiments, the processor 1310 may include multiple sets of I2S buses. The processor 1310 may be coupled with the audio module 1370 through an I2S bus to implement communication between the processor 1310 and the audio module 1370. In some embodiments, the audio module 1370 can transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 1360 through the I2S interface, so as to realize the function of answering calls through the Bluetooth headset.
PCM接口也可以用于音频通信,将模拟信号抽样,量化和编码。在一些实施例中,音频模块1370与无线通信模块1360可以通过PCM总线接口耦合。在一些实施例中,音频模块1370也可以通过PCM接口向无线通信模块1360传递音频信号,实现通过蓝牙耳机接听电话的功能。所述I2S接口和所述PCM接口都可以用于音频通信。The PCM interface can also be used for audio communication to sample, quantize and encode analog signals. In some embodiments, the audio module 1370 and the wireless communication module 1360 may be coupled through a PCM bus interface. In some embodiments, the audio module 1370 may also transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 1360 through the PCM interface, so as to realize the function of answering calls through the Bluetooth headset. Both the I2S interface and the PCM interface can be used for audio communication.
UART接口是一种通用串行数据总线,用于异步通信。该总线可以为双向通信总线。它将要传输的数据在串行通信与并行通信之间转换。在一些实施例中,UART接口通常被用于连接处理器1310与无线通信模块1360。例如:处理器1310通过UART接口与无线通信模块1360中的蓝牙模块通信,实现蓝牙功能。在一些实施例中,音频模块1370可以通过UART接口向无线通信模块1360传递音频信号,实现通过蓝牙耳机播放音乐的功能。The UART interface is a universal serial data bus used for asynchronous communication. The bus can be a two-way communication bus. It converts the data to be transmitted between serial communication and parallel communication. In some embodiments, the UART interface is generally used to connect the processor 1310 and the wireless communication module 1360. For example, the processor 1310 communicates with the Bluetooth module in the wireless communication module 1360 through the UART interface to realize the Bluetooth function. In some embodiments, the audio module 1370 may transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 1360 through the UART interface, so as to realize the function of playing music through the Bluetooth headset.
MIPI接口可以被用于连接处理器1310与显示屏1394,摄像头1393等外围器件。MIPI接口包括摄像头串行接口(camera serial interface,CSI),显示屏串行接口(display serial interface,DSI)等。在一些实施例中,处理器1310和摄像头1393通过CSI接口通信,实现终端设备1300的拍摄功能。处理器1310和显示屏1394通过DSI接口通信,实现终端设备1300的显示功能。The MIPI interface can be used to connect the processor 1310 with the display 1394, camera 1393 and other peripheral devices. The MIPI interface includes a camera serial interface (camera serial interface, CSI), a display serial interface (display serial interface, DSI), and so on. In some embodiments, the processor 1310 and the camera 1393 communicate through a CSI interface to implement the shooting function of the terminal device 1300. The processor 1310 and the display screen 1394 communicate through the DSI interface to realize the display function of the terminal device 1300.
GPIO接口可以通过软件配置。GPIO接口可以被配置为控制信号,也可被配置为数据信 号。在一些实施例中,GPIO接口可以用于连接处理器1310与摄像头1393,显示屏1394,无线通信模块1360,音频模块1370,传感器模块1380等。GPIO接口还可以被配置为I2C接口,I2S接口,UART接口,MIPI接口等。The GPIO interface can be configured through software. The GPIO interface can be configured as a control signal or as a data signal. In some embodiments, the GPIO interface can be used to connect the processor 1310 with the camera 1393, the display screen 1394, the wireless communication module 1360, the audio module 1370, the sensor module 1380, and so on. The GPIO interface can also be configured as an I2C interface, I2S interface, UART interface, MIPI interface, etc.
USB接口1330是符合USB标准规范的接口,具体可以是Mini USB接口,Micro USB接口,USB Type C接口等。USB接口1330可以用于连接充电器为终端设备1300充电,也可以用于终端设备1300与外围设备之间传输数据。也可以用于连接耳机,通过耳机播放音频。该接口还可以用于连接其他电子设备,例如AR设备等。The USB interface 1330 is an interface that complies with the USB standard specifications, and specifically can be a Mini USB interface, a Micro USB interface, a USB Type C interface, and so on. The USB interface 1330 can be used to connect a charger to charge the terminal device 1300, and can also be used to transfer data between the terminal device 1300 and peripheral devices. It can also be used to connect earphones and play audio through earphones. This interface can also be used to connect other electronic devices, such as AR devices.
可以理解的是,本发明实施例示意的各模块间的接口连接关系,只是示意性说明,并不构成对终端设备1300的结构限定。在本申请另一些实施例中,终端设备1300也可以采用上述实施例中不同的接口连接方式,或多种接口连接方式的组合。It can be understood that the interface connection relationship between the modules illustrated in the embodiment of the present invention is merely a schematic description, and does not constitute a structural limitation of the terminal device 1300. In other embodiments of the present application, the terminal device 1300 may also adopt different interface connection modes in the foregoing embodiments, or a combination of multiple interface connection modes.
充电管理模块1340用于从充电器接收充电输入。其中,充电器可以是无线充电器,也可以是有线充电器。在一些有线充电的实施例中,充电管理模块1340可以通过USB接口1330接收有线充电器的充电输入。在一些无线充电的实施例中,充电管理模块1340可以通过终端设备1300的无线充电线圈接收无线充电输入。充电管理模块1340为电池1342充电的同时,还可以通过电源管理模块1341为电子设备供电。The charging management module 1340 is used to receive charging input from the charger. Among them, the charger can be a wireless charger or a wired charger. In some wired charging embodiments, the charging management module 1340 may receive the charging input of the wired charger through the USB interface 1330. In some embodiments of wireless charging, the charging management module 1340 may receive the wireless charging input through the wireless charging coil of the terminal device 1300. While the charging management module 1340 charges the battery 1342, it can also supply power to the electronic device through the power management module 1341.
电源管理模块1341用于连接电池1342,充电管理模块1340与处理器1310。电源管理模块1341接收电池1342和/或充电管理模块1340的输入,为处理器1310,内部存储器1321,外部存储器,显示屏1394,摄像头1393,和无线通信模块1360等供电。电源管理模块1341还可以用于监测电池容量,电池循环次数,电池健康状态(漏电,阻抗)等参数。在其他一些实施例中,电源管理模块1341也可以设置于处理器1310中。在另一些实施例中,电源管理模块1341和充电管理模块1340也可以设置于同一个器件中。The power management module 1341 is used to connect the battery 1342, the charging management module 1340 and the processor 1310. The power management module 1341 receives input from the battery 1342 and/or the charge management module 1340, and supplies power to the processor 1310, internal memory 1321, external memory, display 1394, camera 1393, and wireless communication module 1360. The power management module 1341 can also be used to monitor battery capacity, battery cycle times, battery health status (leakage, impedance) and other parameters. In some other embodiments, the power management module 1341 may also be provided in the processor 1310. In other embodiments, the power management module 1341 and the charging management module 1340 may also be provided in the same device.
终端设备1300的无线通信功能可以通过天线1,天线2,移动通信模块1350,无线通信模块1360,调制解调处理器以及基带处理器等实现。The wireless communication function of the terminal device 1300 may be implemented by the antenna 1, the antenna 2, the mobile communication module 1350, the wireless communication module 1360, the modem processor, and the baseband processor.
天线1和天线2用于发射和接收电磁波信号。终端设备1300中的每个天线可用于覆盖单个或多个通信频带。不同的天线还可以复用,以提高天线的利用率。例如:可以将天线1复用为无线局域网的分集天线。在另外一些实施例中,天线可以和调谐开关结合使用。The antenna 1 and the antenna 2 are used to transmit and receive electromagnetic wave signals. Each antenna in the terminal device 1300 can be used to cover a single or multiple communication frequency bands. Different antennas can also be reused to improve antenna utilization. For example, antenna 1 can be multiplexed as a diversity antenna of a wireless local area network. In other embodiments, the antenna can be used in combination with a tuning switch.
移动通信模块1350可以提供应用在终端设备1300上的包括2G/3G/4G/5G等无线通信的解决方案。移动通信模块1350可以包括至少一个滤波器,开关,功率放大器,低噪声放大器(low noise amplifier,LNA)等。移动通信模块1350可以由天线1接收电磁波,并对接收的电磁波进行滤波,放大等处理,传送至调制解调处理器进行解调。移动通信模块1350还可以对经调制解调处理器调制后的信号放大,经天线1转为电磁波辐射出去。在一些实施例中,移动通信模块1350的至少部分功能模块可以被设置于处理器1310中。在一些实施例中,移动通信模块1350的至少部分功能模块可以与处理器1310的至少部分模块被设置在同一个器件中。The mobile communication module 1350 can provide a wireless communication solution including 2G/3G/4G/5G and the like applied to the terminal device 1300. The mobile communication module 1350 may include at least one filter, a switch, a power amplifier, a low noise amplifier (LNA), and the like. The mobile communication module 1350 can receive electromagnetic waves from the antenna 1, filter and amplify the received electromagnetic waves, and transmit them to the modem processor for demodulation. The mobile communication module 1350 can also amplify the signal modulated by the modem processor, and convert it into electromagnetic wave radiation via the antenna 1. In some embodiments, at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 1350 may be provided in the processor 1310. In some embodiments, at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 1350 and at least part of the modules of the processor 1310 may be provided in the same device.
调制解调处理器可以包括调制器和解调器。其中,调制器用于将待发送的低频基带信号调制成中高频信号。解调器用于将接收的电磁波信号解调为低频基带信号。随后解调器将解调得到的低频基带信号传送至基带处理器处理。低频基带信号经基带处理器处理后,被传递给应用处理器。应用处理器通过音频设备(不限于扬声器1370A,受话器1370B等)输出声音信号,或通过显示屏1394显示图像或视频。在一些实施例中,调制解调处理器可以是独立的器件。在另一些实施例中,调制解调处理器可以独立于处理器1310,与移动通信模块1350 或其他功能模块设置在同一个器件中。The modem processor may include a modulator and a demodulator. Among them, the modulator is used to modulate the low frequency baseband signal to be sent into a medium and high frequency signal. The demodulator is used to demodulate the received electromagnetic wave signal into a low-frequency baseband signal. The demodulator then transmits the demodulated low-frequency baseband signal to the baseband processor for processing. After the low-frequency baseband signal is processed by the baseband processor, it is passed to the application processor. The application processor outputs a sound signal through an audio device (not limited to a speaker 1370A, a receiver 1370B, etc.), or displays an image or video through a display screen 1394. In some embodiments, the modem processor may be an independent device. In other embodiments, the modem processor may be independent of the processor 1310 and be provided in the same device as the mobile communication module 1350 or other functional modules.
无线通信模块1360可以提供应用在终端设备1300上的包括无线局域网(wireless local area networks,WLAN)(如无线保真(wireless fidelity,Wi-Fi)网络),蓝牙(bluetooth,BT),全球导航卫星系统(global navigation satellite system,GNSS),调频(frequency modulation,FM),近距离无线通信技术(near field communication,NFC),红外技术(infrared,IR)等无线通信的解决方案。无线通信模块1360可以是集成至少一个通信处理模块的一个或多个器件。无线通信模块1360经由天线2接收电磁波,将电磁波信号调频以及滤波处理,将处理后的信号发送到处理器1310。无线通信模块1360还可以从处理器1310接收待发送的信号,对其进行调频,放大,经天线2转为电磁波辐射出去。The wireless communication module 1360 can provide applications on the terminal device 1300, including wireless local area networks (WLAN) (such as wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) networks), bluetooth (BT), and global navigation satellites. System (global navigation satellite system, GNSS), frequency modulation (FM), near field communication (NFC), infrared technology (infrared, IR) and other wireless communication solutions. The wireless communication module 1360 may be one or more devices integrating at least one communication processing module. The wireless communication module 1360 receives electromagnetic waves via the antenna 2, frequency modulates and filters the electromagnetic wave signals, and sends the processed signals to the processor 1310. The wireless communication module 1360 may also receive a signal to be sent from the processor 1310, perform frequency modulation, amplify, and convert it into electromagnetic waves to radiate through the antenna 2.
在一些实施例中,终端设备1300的天线1和移动通信模块1350耦合,天线2和无线通信模块1360耦合,使得终端设备1300可以通过无线通信技术与网络以及其他设备通信。所述无线通信技术可以包括全球移动通讯系统(global system for mobile communications,GSM),通用分组无线服务(general packet radio service,GPRS),码分多址接入(code division multiple access,CDMA),宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA),时分码分多址(time-division code division multiple access,TD-SCDMA),长期演进(long term evolution,LTE),BT,GNSS,WLAN,NFC,FM,和/或IR技术等。所述GNSS可以包括全球卫星定位系统(global positioning system,GPS),全球导航卫星系统(global navigation satellite system,GLONASS),北斗卫星导航系统(beidou navigation satellite system,BDS),准天顶卫星系统(quasi-zenith satellite system,QZSS)和/或星基增强系统(satellite based augmentation systems,SBAS)。In some embodiments, the antenna 1 of the terminal device 1300 is coupled with the mobile communication module 1350, and the antenna 2 is coupled with the wireless communication module 1360, so that the terminal device 1300 can communicate with the network and other devices through wireless communication technology. The wireless communication technology may include global system for mobile communications (GSM), general packet radio service (GPRS), code division multiple access (CDMA), broadband Code division multiple access (wideband code division multiple access, WCDMA), time-division code division multiple access (TD-SCDMA), long term evolution (LTE), BT, GNSS, WLAN, NFC , FM, and/or IR technology, etc. The GNSS may include global positioning system (GPS), global navigation satellite system (GLONASS), Beidou navigation satellite system (BDS), quasi-zenith satellite system (quasi -zenith satellite system, QZSS) and/or satellite-based augmentation systems (SBAS).
终端设备1300通过GPU,显示屏1394,以及应用处理器等实现显示功能。GPU为图像处理的微处理器,连接显示屏1394和应用处理器。GPU用于执行数学和几何计算,用于图形渲染。处理器1310可包括一个或多个GPU,其执行程序指令以生成或改变显示信息。The terminal device 1300 implements a display function through a GPU, a display screen 1394, and an application processor. GPU is a microprocessor for image processing, which connects the display 1394 and the application processor. The GPU is used to perform mathematical and geometric calculations and is used for graphics rendering. The processor 1310 may include one or more GPUs that execute program instructions to generate or change display information.
显示屏1394用于显示图像,视频等。显示屏1394包括显示面板。显示面板可以采用液晶显示屏(liquid crystal display,LCD),有机发光二极管(organic light-emitting diode,OLED),有源矩阵有机发光二极体或主动矩阵有机发光二极体(active-matrix organic light emitting diode,AMOLED),柔性发光二极管(flex light-emitting diode,FLED),Miniled,MicroLed,Micro-oLed,量子点发光二极管(quantum dot light emitting diodes,QLED)等。在一些实施例中,终端设备1300可以包括1个或N个显示屏1394,N为大于1的正整数。The display 1394 is used to display images, videos, etc. The display screen 1394 includes a display panel. The display panel can use liquid crystal display (LCD), organic light-emitting diode (OLED), active matrix organic light-emitting diode or active-matrix organic light-emitting diode (active-matrix organic light-emitting diode). emitting diode, AMOLED, flexible light-emitting diode (FLED), Miniled, MicroLed, Micro-oLed, quantum dot light-emitting diode (QLED), etc. In some embodiments, the terminal device 1300 may include one or N display screens 1394, and N is a positive integer greater than one.
终端设备1300可以通过ISP,摄像头1393,视频编解码器,GPU,显示屏1394以及应用处理器等实现拍摄功能。The terminal device 1300 can realize the shooting function through an ISP, a camera 1393, a video codec, a GPU, a display screen 1394, and an application processor.
ISP用于处理摄像头1393反馈的数据。例如,拍照时,打开快门,光线通过镜头被传递到摄像头感光元件上,光信号转换为电信号,摄像头感光元件将所述电信号传递给ISP处理,转化为肉眼可见的图像。ISP还可以对图像的噪点,亮度,肤色进行算法优化。ISP还可以对拍摄场景的曝光,色温等参数优化。在一些实施例中,ISP可以设置在摄像头1393中。The ISP is used to process the data fed back from the camera 1393. For example, when taking a picture, the shutter is opened, the light is transmitted to the photosensitive element of the camera through the lens, the light signal is converted into an electrical signal, and the photosensitive element of the camera transmits the electrical signal to the ISP for processing and is converted into an image visible to the naked eye. ISP can also optimize the image noise, brightness, and skin color. ISP can also optimize the exposure, color temperature and other parameters of the shooting scene. In some embodiments, the ISP may be provided in the camera 1393.
摄像头1393用于捕获静态图像或视频。物体通过镜头生成光学图像投射到感光元件。感光元件可以是电荷耦合器件(charge coupled device,CCD)或互补金属氧化物半导体(complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor,CMOS)光电晶体管。感光元件把光信号转换成电信号,之后将电信号传递给ISP转换成数字图像信号。ISP将数字图像信号输出到DSP加工处理。DSP将数字图像信号转换成标准的RGB,YUV等格式的图像信号。在一些实施例 中,终端设备1300可以包括1个或N个摄像头1393,N为大于1的正整数。The camera 1393 is used to capture still images or videos. The object generates an optical image through the lens and is projected to the photosensitive element. The photosensitive element may be a charge coupled device (CCD) or a complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistor. The photosensitive element converts the optical signal into an electrical signal, and then transfers the electrical signal to the ISP to convert it into a digital image signal. ISP outputs digital image signals to DSP for processing. DSP converts digital image signals into standard RGB, YUV and other formats of image signals. In some embodiments, the terminal device 1300 may include one or N cameras 1393, and N is a positive integer greater than one.
数字信号处理器用于处理数字信号,除了可以处理数字图像信号,还可以处理其他数字信号。例如,当终端设备1300在频点选择时,数字信号处理器用于对频点能量进行傅里叶变换等。Digital signal processors are used to process digital signals. In addition to digital image signals, they can also process other digital signals. For example, when the terminal device 1300 selects the frequency point, the digital signal processor is used to perform Fourier transform on the energy of the frequency point.
视频编解码器用于对数字视频压缩或解压缩。终端设备1300可以支持一种或多种视频编解码器。这样,终端设备1300可以播放或录制多种编码格式的视频,例如:动态图像专家组(moving picture experts group,MPEG)1,MPEG2,MPEG3,MPEG4等。Video codecs are used to compress or decompress digital video. The terminal device 1300 may support one or more video codecs. In this way, the terminal device 1300 can play or record videos in multiple encoding formats, such as: moving picture experts group (MPEG) 1, MPEG2, MPEG3, MPEG4, and so on.
NPU为神经网络(neural-network,NN)计算处理器,通过借鉴生物神经网络结构,例如借鉴人脑神经元之间传递模式,对输入信息快速处理,还可以不断的自学习。通过NPU可以实现终端设备1300的智能认知等应用,例如:图像识别,人脸识别,语音识别,文本理解等。NPU is a neural-network (NN) computing processor. By drawing on the structure of biological neural networks, for example, the transfer mode between human brain neurons, it can quickly process input information, and it can also continuously self-learn. Through the NPU, applications such as intelligent cognition of the terminal device 1300 can be realized, such as image recognition, face recognition, voice recognition, text understanding, and so on.
外部存储器接口1320可以用于连接外部存储卡,例如Micro SD卡,实现扩展终端设备1300的存储能力。外部存储卡通过外部存储器接口1320与处理器1310通信,实现数据存储功能。例如将音乐,视频等文件保存在外部存储卡中。The external memory interface 1320 may be used to connect an external memory card, such as a Micro SD card, so as to expand the storage capacity of the terminal device 1300. The external memory card communicates with the processor 1310 through the external memory interface 1320 to realize the data storage function. For example, save music, video and other files in an external memory card.
内部存储器1321可以用于存储计算机可执行程序代码,所述可执行程序代码包括指令。处理器1310通过运行存储在内部存储器1321的指令,从而执行终端设备1300的各种功能应用以及数据处理。内部存储器1321可以包括存储程序区和存储数据区。其中,存储程序区可存储操作系统,至少一个功能所需的应用程序(比如声音播放功能,图像播放功能等)等。存储数据区可存储终端设备1300使用过程中所创建的数据(比如音频数据,电话本等)等。此外,内部存储器1321可以包括高速随机存取存储器,还可以包括非易失性存储器,例如至少一个磁盘存储器件,闪存器件,通用闪存存储器(universal flash storage,UFS)等。The internal memory 1321 may be used to store computer executable program code, where the executable program code includes instructions. The processor 1310 executes various functional applications and data processing of the terminal device 1300 by running instructions stored in the internal memory 1321. The internal memory 1321 may include a program storage area and a data storage area. Among them, the storage program area can store an operating system, an application program (such as a sound playback function, an image playback function, etc.) required by at least one function, and the like. The data storage area can store data (such as audio data, phone book, etc.) created during the use of the terminal device 1300. In addition, the internal memory 1321 may include a high-speed random access memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory, such as at least one magnetic disk storage device, a flash memory device, a universal flash storage (UFS), and the like.
终端设备1300可以通过音频模块1370,扬声器1370A,受话器1370B,麦克风1370C,耳机接口1370D,以及应用处理器等实现音频功能。例如音乐播放,录音等。The terminal device 1300 can implement audio functions through an audio module 1370, a speaker 1370A, a receiver 1370B, a microphone 1370C, a headphone interface 1370D, and an application processor. For example, music playback, recording, etc.
音频模块1370用于将数字音频信息转换成模拟音频信号输出,也用于将模拟音频输入转换为数字音频信号。音频模块1370还可以用于对音频信号编码和解码。在一些实施例中,音频模块1370可以设置于处理器1310中,或将音频模块1370的部分功能模块设置于处理器1310中。The audio module 1370 is used to convert digital audio information into an analog audio signal for output, and also used to convert an analog audio input into a digital audio signal. The audio module 1370 can also be used to encode and decode audio signals. In some embodiments, the audio module 1370 may be provided in the processor 1310, or part of the functional modules of the audio module 1370 may be provided in the processor 1310.
扬声器1370A,也称“喇叭”,用于将音频电信号转换为声音信号。终端设备1300可以通过扬声器1370A收听音乐,或收听免提通话。The speaker 1370A, also called "speaker", is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals. The terminal device 1300 can listen to music through the speaker 1370A, or listen to a hands-free call.
受话器1370B,也称“听筒”,用于将音频电信号转换成声音信号。当终端设备1300接听电话或语音信息时,可以通过将受话器1370B靠近人耳接听语音。The receiver 1370B, also called "earpiece", is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals. When the terminal device 1300 answers a call or voice message, it can receive the voice by bringing the receiver 1370B close to the human ear.
麦克风1370C,也称“话筒”,“传声器”,用于将声音信号转换为电信号。当拨打电话或发送语音信息时,用户可以通过人嘴靠近麦克风1370C发声,将声音信号输入到麦克风1370C。终端设备1300可以设置至少一个麦克风1370C。在另一些实施例中,终端设备1300可以设置两个麦克风1370C,除了采集声音信号,还可以实现降噪功能。在另一些实施例中,终端设备1300还可以设置三个,四个或更多麦克风1370C,实现采集声音信号,降噪,还可以识别声音来源,实现定向录音功能等。 Microphone 1370C, also called "microphone" or "microphone", is used to convert sound signals into electrical signals. When making a call or sending a voice message, the user can make a sound by approaching the microphone 1370C through the human mouth, and input the sound signal into the microphone 1370C. The terminal device 1300 may be provided with at least one microphone 1370C. In other embodiments, the terminal device 1300 may be provided with two microphones 1370C, which can implement noise reduction functions in addition to collecting sound signals. In other embodiments, the terminal device 1300 may also be provided with three, four or more microphones 1370C to collect sound signals, reduce noise, identify sound sources, and realize directional recording functions.
耳机接口1370D用于连接有线耳机。耳机接口1370D可以是USB接口1330,也可以是3.5mm的开放移动电子设备平台(open mobile terminal platform,OMTP)标准接口,美国蜂窝电信工业协会(cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA,CTIA)标准接 口。The earphone interface 1370D is used to connect wired earphones. The earphone interface 1370D can be a USB interface 1330, or a 3.5mm open mobile terminal platform (OMTP) standard interface, or a cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA (CTIA) standard interface.
压力传感器1380A用于感受压力信号,可以将压力信号转换成电信号。在一些实施例中,压力传感器1380A可以设置于显示屏1394。压力传感器1380A的种类很多,如电阻式压力传感器,电感式压力传感器,电容式压力传感器等。电容式压力传感器可以是包括至少两个具有导电材料的平行板。当有力作用于压力传感器1380A,电极之间的电容改变。终端设备1300根据电容的变化确定压力的强度。当有触摸操作作用于显示屏1394,终端设备1300根据压力传感器1380A检测所述触摸操作强度。终端设备1300也可以根据压力传感器1380A的检测信号计算触摸的位置。在一些实施例中,作用于相同触摸位置,但不同触摸操作强度的触摸操作,可以对应不同的操作指令。例如:当有触摸操作强度小于第一压力阈值的触摸操作作用于短消息应用图标时,执行查看短消息的指令。当有触摸操作强度大于或等于第一压力阈值的触摸操作作用于短消息应用图标时,执行新建短消息的指令。The pressure sensor 1380A is used to sense the pressure signal and can convert the pressure signal into an electrical signal. In some embodiments, the pressure sensor 1380A may be disposed on the display screen 1394. There are many types of pressure sensors 1380A, such as resistive pressure sensors, inductive pressure sensors, capacitive pressure sensors and so on. The capacitive pressure sensor may include at least two parallel plates with conductive materials. When a force is applied to the pressure sensor 1380A, the capacitance between the electrodes changes. The terminal device 1300 determines the intensity of the pressure according to the change in capacitance. When a touch operation acts on the display screen 1394, the terminal device 1300 detects the intensity of the touch operation according to the pressure sensor 1380A. The terminal device 1300 may also calculate the touched position according to the detection signal of the pressure sensor 1380A. In some embodiments, touch operations that act on the same touch position but have different touch operation strengths may correspond to different operation instructions. For example: when a touch operation whose intensity of the touch operation is less than the first pressure threshold is applied to the short message application icon, an instruction to view the short message is executed. When a touch operation with a touch operation intensity greater than or equal to the first pressure threshold acts on the short message application icon, an instruction to create a new short message is executed.
陀螺仪传感器1380B可以用于确定终端设备1300的运动姿态。在一些实施例中,可以通过陀螺仪传感器1380B确定终端设备1300围绕三个轴(即,x,y和z轴)的角速度。陀螺仪传感器1380B可以用于拍摄防抖。示例性的,当按下快门,陀螺仪传感器1380B检测终端设备1300抖动的角度,根据角度计算出镜头模组需要补偿的距离,让镜头通过反向运动抵消终端设备1300的抖动,实现防抖。陀螺仪传感器1380B还可以用于导航,体感游戏场景。The gyro sensor 1380B may be used to determine the motion posture of the terminal device 1300. In some embodiments, the angular velocity of the terminal device 1300 around three axes (ie, x, y, and z axes) can be determined by the gyroscope sensor 1380B. The gyro sensor 1380B can be used for image stabilization. Exemplarily, when the shutter is pressed, the gyro sensor 1380B detects the shaking angle of the terminal device 1300, and calculates the distance to be compensated by the lens module according to the angle, and allows the lens to counteract the shaking of the terminal device 1300 through reverse movement to achieve anti-shake. The gyro sensor 1380B can also be used for navigation and somatosensory game scenes.
气压传感器1380C用于测量气压。在一些实施例中,终端设备1300通过气压传感器1380C测得的气压值计算海拔高度,辅助定位和导航。The air pressure sensor 1380C is used to measure air pressure. In some embodiments, the terminal device 1300 calculates the altitude based on the air pressure value measured by the air pressure sensor 1380C to assist positioning and navigation.
磁传感器1380D包括霍尔传感器。终端设备1300可以利用磁传感器1380D检测翻盖皮套的开合。在一些实施例中,当终端设备1300是翻盖机时,终端设备1300可以根据磁传感器1380D检测翻盖的开合。进而根据检测到的皮套的开合状态或翻盖的开合状态,设置翻盖自动解锁等特性。The magnetic sensor 1380D includes a Hall sensor. The terminal device 1300 may use the magnetic sensor 1380D to detect the opening and closing of the flip holster. In some embodiments, when the terminal device 1300 is a flip machine, the terminal device 1300 can detect the opening and closing of the flip according to the magnetic sensor 1380D. Furthermore, according to the detected opening and closing state of the leather case or the opening and closing state of the flip cover, features such as automatic unlocking of the flip cover are set.
加速度传感器1380E可检测终端设备1300在各个方向上(一般为三轴)加速度的大小。当终端设备1300静止时可检测出重力的大小及方向。还可以用于识别电子设备姿态,应用于横竖屏切换,计步器等应用。The acceleration sensor 1380E can detect the magnitude of the acceleration of the terminal device 1300 in various directions (generally three axes). When the terminal device 1300 is stationary, the magnitude and direction of gravity can be detected. It can also be used to identify the posture of electronic devices, and apply to applications such as horizontal and vertical screen switching, pedometers, etc.
距离传感器1380F,用于测量距离。终端设备1300可以通过红外或激光测量距离。在一些实施例中,拍摄场景,终端设备1300可以利用距离传感器1380F测距以实现快速对焦。Distance sensor 1380F, used to measure distance. The terminal device 1300 can measure the distance by infrared or laser. In some embodiments, when shooting a scene, the terminal device 1300 may use the distance sensor 1380F to measure the distance to achieve fast focusing.
接近光传感器1380G可以包括例如发光二极管(LED)和光检测器,例如光电二极管。发光二极管可以是红外发光二极管。终端设备1300通过发光二极管向外发射红外光。终端设备1300使用光电二极管检测来自附近物体的红外反射光。当检测到充分的反射光时,可以确定终端设备1300附近有物体。当检测到不充分的反射光时,终端设备1300可以确定终端设备1300附近没有物体。终端设备1300可以利用接近光传感器1380G检测用户手持终端设备1300贴近耳朵通话,以便自动熄灭屏幕达到省电的目的。接近光传感器1380G也可用于皮套模式,口袋模式自动解锁与锁屏。The proximity light sensor 1380G may include, for example, a light emitting diode (LED) and a light detector, such as a photodiode. The light emitting diode may be an infrared light emitting diode. The terminal device 1300 emits infrared light to the outside through the light emitting diode. The terminal device 1300 uses a photodiode to detect infrared reflected light from nearby objects. When sufficient reflected light is detected, it can be determined that there is an object near the terminal device 1300. When insufficient reflected light is detected, the terminal device 1300 may determine that there is no object near the terminal device 1300. The terminal device 1300 can use the proximity light sensor 1380G to detect that the user holds the terminal device 1300 close to the ear to talk, so as to automatically turn off the screen to save power. Proximity light sensor 1380G can also be used in leather case mode, pocket mode automatically unlocks and locks the screen.
环境光传感器1380L用于感知环境光亮度。终端设备1300可以根据感知的环境光亮度自适应调节显示屏1394亮度。环境光传感器1380L也可用于拍照时自动调节白平衡。环境光传感器1380L还可以与接近光传感器1380G配合,检测终端设备1300是否在口袋里,以防误触。The ambient light sensor 1380L is used to sense the brightness of the ambient light. The terminal device 1300 can adaptively adjust the brightness of the display screen 1394 according to the perceived brightness of the ambient light. The ambient light sensor 1380L can also be used to automatically adjust the white balance when taking pictures. The ambient light sensor 1380L can also cooperate with the proximity light sensor 1380G to detect whether the terminal device 1300 is in the pocket to prevent accidental touch.
指纹传感器1380H用于采集指纹。终端设备1300可以利用采集的指纹特性实现指纹解锁,访问应用锁,指纹拍照,指纹接听来电等。The fingerprint sensor 1380H is used to collect fingerprints. The terminal device 1300 can use the collected fingerprint characteristics to realize fingerprint unlocking, access application locks, fingerprint photographs, fingerprint answering calls, and so on.
温度传感器1380J用于检测温度。在一些实施例中,终端设备1300利用温度传感器1380J检测的温度,执行温度处理策略。例如,当温度传感器1380J上报的温度超过阈值,终端设备1300执行降低位于温度传感器1380J附近的处理器的性能,以便降低功耗实施热保护。在另一些实施例中,当温度低于另一阈值时,终端设备1300对电池1342加热,以避免低温导致终端设备1300异常关机。在其他一些实施例中,当温度低于又一阈值时,终端设备1300对电池1342的输出电压执行升压,以避免低温导致的异常关机。The temperature sensor 1380J is used to detect temperature. In some embodiments, the terminal device 1300 uses the temperature detected by the temperature sensor 1380J to execute a temperature processing strategy. For example, when the temperature reported by the temperature sensor 1380J exceeds the threshold, the terminal device 1300 performs a reduction in the performance of the processor located near the temperature sensor 1380J, so as to reduce power consumption and implement thermal protection. In other embodiments, when the temperature is lower than another threshold, the terminal device 1300 heats the battery 1342 to avoid abnormal shutdown of the terminal device 1300 due to low temperature. In some other embodiments, when the temperature is lower than another threshold, the terminal device 1300 boosts the output voltage of the battery 1342 to avoid abnormal shutdown caused by low temperature.
触摸传感器1380K,也称“触控面板”。触摸传感器1380K可以设置于显示屏1394,由触摸传感器1380K与显示屏1394组成触摸屏,也称“触控屏”。触摸传感器1380K用于检测作用于其上或附近的触摸操作。触摸传感器可以将检测到的触摸操作传递给应用处理器,以确定触摸事件类型。可以通过显示屏1394提供与触摸操作相关的视觉输出。在另一些实施例中,触摸传感器1380K也可以设置于终端设备1300的表面,与显示屏1394所处的位置不同。Touch sensor 1380K, also called "touch panel". The touch sensor 1380K can be set on the display screen 1394, and the touch screen is composed of the touch sensor 1380K and the display screen 1394, which is also called a "touch screen". The touch sensor 1380K is used to detect touch operations acting on or near it. The touch sensor can pass the detected touch operation to the application processor to determine the type of touch event. The visual output related to the touch operation can be provided through the display screen 1394. In other embodiments, the touch sensor 1380K may also be disposed on the surface of the terminal device 1300, which is different from the position of the display screen 1394.
骨传导传感器1380M可以获取振动信号。在一些实施例中,骨传导传感器1380M可以获取人体声部振动骨块的振动信号。骨传导传感器1380M也可以接触人体脉搏,接收血压跳动信号。在一些实施例中,骨传导传感器1380M也可以设置于耳机中,结合成骨传导耳机。音频模块1370可以基于所述骨传导传感器1380M获取的声部振动骨块的振动信号,解析出语音信号,实现语音功能。应用处理器可以基于所述骨传导传感器1380M获取的血压跳动信号解析心率信息,实现心率检测功能。The bone conduction sensor 1380M can acquire vibration signals. In some embodiments, the bone conduction sensor 1380M can obtain the vibration signal of the vibrating bone mass of the human voice. The bone conduction sensor 1380M can also contact the human pulse and receive the blood pressure pulse signal. In some embodiments, the bone conduction sensor 1380M may also be provided in the earphone, combined with the bone conduction earphone. The audio module 1370 can parse the voice signal based on the vibration signal of the vibrating bone block of the voice obtained by the bone conduction sensor 1380M, and realize the voice function. The application processor may analyze the heart rate information based on the blood pressure beating signal obtained by the bone conduction sensor 1380M, and realize the heart rate detection function.
按键1390包括开机键,音量键等。按键1390可以是机械按键。也可以是触摸式按键。终端设备1300可以接收按键输入,产生与终端设备1300的用户设置以及功能控制有关的键信号输入。The button 1390 includes a power button, a volume button, and so on. The button 1390 may be a mechanical button. It can also be a touch button. The terminal device 1300 may receive key input, and generate key signal input related to user settings and function control of the terminal device 1300.
马达1391可以产生振动提示。马达1391可以用于来电振动提示,也可以用于触摸振动反馈。例如,作用于不同应用(例如拍照,音频播放等)的触摸操作,可以对应不同的振动反馈效果。作用于显示屏1394不同区域的触摸操作,马达1391也可对应不同的振动反馈效果。不同的应用场景(例如:时间提醒,接收信息,闹钟,游戏等)也可以对应不同的振动反馈效果。触摸振动反馈效果还可以支持自定义。The motor 1391 can generate vibration prompts. The motor 1391 can be used for incoming call vibration notification, and can also be used for touch vibration feedback. For example, touch operations applied to different applications (such as photographing, audio playback, etc.) can correspond to different vibration feedback effects. Acting on touch operations in different areas of the display screen 1394, the motor 1391 can also correspond to different vibration feedback effects. Different application scenarios (for example: time reminding, receiving information, alarm clock, games, etc.) can also correspond to different vibration feedback effects. The touch vibration feedback effect can also support customization.
指示器1392可以是指示灯,可以用于指示充电状态,电量变化,也可以用于指示消息,未接来电,通知等。The indicator 1392 can be an indicator light, which can be used to indicate the charging status, power change, and can also be used to indicate messages, missed calls, notifications, etc.
SIM卡接口1395用于连接SIM卡。SIM卡可以通过插入SIM卡接口1395,或从SIM卡接口1395拔出,实现和终端设备1300的接触和分离。终端设备1300可以支持1个或N个SIM卡接口,N为大于1的正整数。SIM卡接口1395可以支持Nano SIM卡,Micro SIM卡,SIM卡等。同一个SIM卡接口1395可以同时插入多张卡。所述多张卡的类型可以相同,也可以不同。SIM卡接口1395也可以兼容不同类型的SIM卡。SIM卡接口1395也可以兼容外部存储卡。终端设备1300通过SIM卡和网络交互,实现通话以及数据通信等功能。在一些实施例中,终端设备1300采用eSIM,即:嵌入式SIM卡。eSIM卡可以嵌在终端设备1300中,不能和终端设备1300分离。The SIM card interface 1395 is used to connect to the SIM card. The SIM card can be inserted into the SIM card interface 1395 or pulled out from the SIM card interface 1395 to achieve contact and separation with the terminal device 1300. The terminal device 1300 may support 1 or N SIM card interfaces, and N is a positive integer greater than 1. The SIM card interface 1395 can support Nano SIM cards, Micro SIM cards, SIM cards, etc. The same SIM card interface 1395 can insert multiple cards at the same time. The types of the multiple cards can be the same or different. The SIM card interface 1395 can also be compatible with different types of SIM cards. The SIM card interface 1395 can also be compatible with external memory cards. The terminal device 1300 interacts with the network through the SIM card to implement functions such as call and data communication. In some embodiments, the terminal device 1300 adopts an eSIM, that is, an embedded SIM card. The eSIM card can be embedded in the terminal device 1300 and cannot be separated from the terminal device 1300.
终端设备1300的软件系统可以采用分层架构,事件驱动架构,微核架构,微服务架构,或云架构。本发明实施例以分层架构的Android系统为例,示例性说明终端设备1300的软件结构。The software system of the terminal device 1300 may adopt a layered architecture, an event-driven architecture, a microkernel architecture, a microservice architecture, or a cloud architecture. The embodiment of the present invention takes an Android system with a layered architecture as an example to exemplarily illustrate the software structure of the terminal device 1300.
图14是本申请实施例的终端设备1300的软件结构框图。FIG. 14 is a software structure block diagram of a terminal device 1300 according to an embodiment of the present application.
分层架构将软件分成若干个层,每一层都有清晰的角色和分工。层与层之间通过软件接 口通信。在一些实施例中,将Android系统分为四层,从上至下分别为应用程序层,应用程序框架层,安卓运行时(Android runtime)和系统库,以及内核层。The layered architecture divides the software into several layers, and each layer has a clear role and division of labor. Communication between layers through software interface. In some embodiments, the Android system is divided into four layers, from top to bottom, the application layer, the application framework layer, the Android runtime and system library, and the kernel layer.
应用程序层可以包括一系列应用程序包。The application layer can include a series of application packages.
如图14所示,应用程序包可以包括SIM卡管理,相机,图库,日历,通话,地图,导航,WLAN,蓝牙,音乐,视频,短信息等应用程序。As shown in Figure 14, the application package may include SIM card management, camera, gallery, calendar, call, map, navigation, WLAN, Bluetooth, music, video, SMS and other applications.
应用程序框架层为应用程序层的应用程序提供应用编程接口(application programming interface,API)和编程框架。应用程序框架层包括一些预先定义的函数。The application framework layer provides an application programming interface (application programming interface, API) and a programming framework for applications in the application layer. The application framework layer includes some predefined functions.
如图14所示,应用程序框架层可以包括窗口管理器,内容提供器,视图系统,电话管理器,资源管理器,通知管理器等。As shown in Figure 14, the application framework layer can include a window manager, a content provider, a view system, a phone manager, a resource manager, and a notification manager.
窗口管理器用于管理窗口程序。窗口管理器可以获取显示屏大小,判断是否有状态栏,锁定屏幕,截取屏幕等。The window manager is used to manage window programs. The window manager can obtain the size of the display screen, determine whether there is a status bar, lock the screen, take a screenshot, etc.
内容提供器用来存放和获取数据,并使这些数据可以被应用程序访问。所述数据可以包括视频,图像,音频,拨打和接听的电话,浏览历史和书签,电话簿等。The content provider is used to store and retrieve data and make these data accessible to applications. The data may include videos, images, audios, phone calls made and received, browsing history and bookmarks, phone book, etc.
视图系统包括可视控件,例如显示文字的控件,显示图片的控件等。视图系统可用于构建应用程序。显示界面可以由一个或多个视图组成的。例如,包括短信通知图标的显示界面,可以包括显示文字的视图以及显示图片的视图。The view system includes visual controls, such as controls that display text, controls that display pictures, and so on. The view system can be used to build applications. The display interface can be composed of one or more views. For example, a display interface that includes a short message notification icon may include a view that displays text and a view that displays pictures.
电话管理器用于提供终端设备1300的通信功能。例如通话状态的管理(包括接通,挂断等)。The phone manager is used to provide the communication function of the terminal device 1300. For example, the management of the call status (including connecting, hanging up, etc.).
资源管理器为应用程序提供各种资源,比如本地化字符串,图标,图片,布局文件,视频文件等等。The resource manager provides various resources for the application, such as localized strings, icons, pictures, layout files, video files, and so on.
通知管理器使应用程序可以在状态栏中显示通知信息,可以用于传达告知类型的消息,可以短暂停留后自动消失,无需用户交互。比如通知管理器被用于告知下载完成,消息提醒等。通知管理器还可以是以图表或者滚动条文本形式出现在系统顶部状态栏的通知,例如后台运行的应用程序的通知,还可以是以对话窗口形式出现在屏幕上的通知。例如在状态栏提示文本信息,发出提示音,电子设备振动,指示灯闪烁等。The notification manager enables the application to display notification information in the status bar, which can be used to convey notification-type messages, and it can automatically disappear after a short stay without user interaction. For example, the notification manager is used to notify download completion, message reminders, and so on. The notification manager can also be a notification that appears in the status bar at the top of the system in the form of a chart or a scroll bar text, such as a notification of an application running in the background, or a notification that appears on the screen in the form of a dialog window. For example, text messages are prompted in the status bar, prompt sounds, electronic devices vibrate, and indicator lights flash.
Android Runtime包括核心库和虚拟机。Android runtime负责安卓系统的调度和管理。Android Runtime includes core libraries and virtual machines. Android runtime is responsible for the scheduling and management of the Android system.
核心库包含两部分:一部分是java语言需要调用的功能函数,另一部分是安卓的核心库。The core library consists of two parts: one part is the function functions that the java language needs to call, and the other part is the core library of Android.
应用程序层和应用程序框架层运行在虚拟机中。虚拟机将应用程序层和应用程序框架层的java文件执行为二进制文件。虚拟机用于执行对象生命周期的管理,堆栈管理,线程管理,安全和异常的管理,以及垃圾回收等功能。The application layer and application framework layer run in a virtual machine. The virtual machine executes the java files of the application layer and the application framework layer as binary files. The virtual machine is used to perform functions such as object life cycle management, stack management, thread management, security and exception management, and garbage collection.
系统库可以包括多个功能模块。例如:表面管理器(surface manager),媒体库(Media Libraries),三维图形处理库(例如:OpenGL ES),2D图形引擎(例如:SGL)等。The system library can include multiple functional modules. For example: surface manager (surface manager), media library (Media Libraries), three-dimensional graphics processing library (for example: OpenGL ES), 2D graphics engine (for example: SGL), etc.
表面管理器用于对显示子系统进行管理,并且为多个应用程序提供了2D和3D图层的融合。The surface manager is used to manage the display subsystem and provides a combination of 2D and 3D layers for multiple applications.
媒体库支持多种常用的音频,视频格式回放和录制,以及静态图像文件等。媒体库可以支持多种音视频编码格式,例如:MPEG4,H.264,MP3,AAC,AMR,JPG,PNG等。The media library supports playback and recording of a variety of commonly used audio and video formats, as well as still image files. The media library can support multiple audio and video encoding formats, such as: MPEG4, H.264, MP3, AAC, AMR, JPG, PNG, etc.
三维图形处理库用于实现三维图形绘图,图像渲染,合成,和图层处理等。The 3D graphics processing library is used to implement 3D graphics drawing, image rendering, synthesis, and layer processing.
2D图形引擎是2D绘图的绘图引擎。The 2D graphics engine is a drawing engine for 2D drawing.
内核层是硬件和软件之间的层。内核层至少包含显示驱动,摄像头驱动,音频驱动,传感器驱动。The kernel layer is the layer between hardware and software. The kernel layer contains at least display driver, camera driver, audio driver, and sensor driver.
图15示出了本申请的实施例提供的云服务器1500。如图15所示,云服务器1500可包括:一个或多个处理器1501、存储器1502、通信接口1503、发射器1505、接收器1506、耦合器1507和天线1508。这些部件可通过总线1504或者其他式连接,图15以通过总线连接为例。其中:FIG. 15 shows a cloud server 1500 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 15, the cloud server 1500 may include: one or more processors 1501, a memory 1502, a communication interface 1503, a transmitter 1505, a receiver 1506, a coupler 1507, and an antenna 1508. These components can be connected via a bus 1504 or other types. FIG. 15 uses a bus connection as an example. among them:
通信接口1503可用于云服务器1500与其他通信设备,例如终端设备或其他网络设备,进行通信。具体的,所述终端设备可以是图13所示的终端设备1300。具体的,通信接口1503可以是长期演进(LTE)(4G)通信接口,也可以是5G或者未来新空口的通信接口。不限于无线通信接口,云服务器1500还可以配置有有线的通信接口1503来支持有线通信,例如一个云服务器1500与服务器之间的回程链接可以是有线通信连接。The communication interface 1503 may be used for the cloud server 1500 to communicate with other communication devices, such as terminal devices or other network devices. Specifically, the terminal device may be the terminal device 1300 shown in FIG. 13. Specifically, the communication interface 1503 may be a long-term evolution (LTE) (4G) communication interface, and may also be a 5G or future new air interface communication interface. Not limited to a wireless communication interface, the cloud server 1500 may also be configured with a wired communication interface 1503 to support wired communication. For example, a backhaul link between a cloud server 1500 and the server may be a wired communication connection.
发射器1505可用于对处理器1501输出的信号进行发射处理,例如信号调制。接收器1506可用于对天线1508接收的移动通信信号进行接收处理。例如信号解调。在本申请的一些实施例中,发射器1505和接收器1506可看作一个无线调制解调器,组成一个通信装置。在云服务器1500中,发射器1505和接收器1506的数量均可以是一个或者多个。天线1508可用于将传输线中的电磁能转换成自由空间中的电磁波,或者将自由空间中的电磁波转换成传输线中的电磁能。耦合器1507可用于将移动通信号分成多路,分配给多个的接收器1506。The transmitter 1505 may be used to transmit and process the signal output by the processor 1501, such as signal modulation. The receiver 1506 may be used to receive and process the mobile communication signal received by the antenna 1508. For example, signal demodulation. In some embodiments of the present application, the transmitter 1505 and the receiver 1506 can be regarded as a wireless modem, forming a communication device. In the cloud server 1500, the number of the transmitter 1505 and the receiver 1506 may each be one or more. The antenna 1508 can be used to convert electromagnetic energy in a transmission line into electromagnetic waves in a free space, or convert electromagnetic waves in a free space into electromagnetic energy in a transmission line. The coupler 1507 can be used to divide the mobile communication signal into multiple channels and distribute them to multiple receivers 1506.
存储器1502与处理器1501耦合,用于存储各种软件程序和/或多组指令。具体的,存储器1502可包括高速随机存取的存储器,并且也可包括非易失性存储器,例如一个或多个磁盘存储设备、闪存设备或其他非易失性固态存储设备。存储器1502可以存储操作系统(下述简称系统),例如uCOS、VxWorks、RTLinux等嵌入式操作系统。存储器1502还可以存储网络通信程序,该网络通信程序可用于与一个或多个附加设备,一个或多个终端设备,一个或多个网络设备进行通信。The memory 1502 is coupled with the processor 1501, and is used to store various software programs and/or multiple sets of instructions. Specifically, the memory 1502 may include a high-speed random access memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory, such as one or more magnetic disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid-state storage devices. The memory 1502 may store an operating system (hereinafter referred to as the system), such as embedded operating systems such as uCOS, VxWorks, RTLinux, and so on. The memory 1502 may also store a network communication program, which may be used to communicate with one or more additional devices, one or more terminal devices, and one or more network devices.
处理器1501可用于执行计算机程序。处理器1501可以包括如下至少一种类型:通用中央处理器(Central Processing Unit,CPU)、数字信号处理器(Digital Signal Processor,DSP)、微处理器、特定应用集成电路专用集成电路(Application-Specific Integrated Circuit,ASIC)、微控制器(Microcontroller Unit,MCU)、现场可编程门阵列(Field Programmable Gate Array,FPGA)、或者用于实现逻辑运算的集成电路。例如,处理器1501可以是一个单核(single-CPU)处理器或多核(multi-CPU)处理器。至少一个处理器可以是集成在一个芯片中或位于多个不同的芯片上。The processor 1501 may be used to execute computer programs. The processor 1501 may include at least one of the following types: general central processing unit (Central Processing Unit, CPU), digital signal processor (Digital Signal Processor, DSP), microprocessor, application-specific integrated circuit (Application-Specific Integrated Circuit) Integrated Circuit, ASIC), Microcontroller Unit (MCU), Field Programmable Gate Array (Field Programmable Gate Array, FPGA), or an integrated circuit used to implement logic operations. For example, the processor 1501 may be a single-CPU processor or a multi-CPU processor. The at least one processor may be integrated in one chip or located on multiple different chips.
本申请实施例中,处理器1501可用于读取和执行计算机可读指令。具体的,处理器1501可用于调用存储于存储器1502中的程序,例如本申请的一个或多个实施例提供的生成映射表的方法在云服务器1500侧的实现程序,并执行该程序包含的指令。In the embodiment of the present application, the processor 1501 may be used to read and execute computer-readable instructions. Specifically, the processor 1501 may be used to call a program stored in the memory 1502, such as the implementation program of the method for generating a mapping table provided by one or more embodiments of the present application on the cloud server 1500 side, and execute the instructions contained in the program .
需要说明的,图15所示的云服务器1500仅仅是本申请实施例的一种实现方式,实际应用中,云服务器1500还可以包括更多或更少的部件,这里不作限制。It should be noted that the cloud server 1500 shown in FIG. 15 is only an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present application. In actual applications, the cloud server 1500 may also include more or fewer components, which is not limited here.
下面介绍本申请实施例提供的一种云服务器的软体结构。如图16所示:The following describes the software structure of a cloud server provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 16:
云服务器1600包括处理模块1601、存储模块1602和通信模块1603。处理模块1601、存储模块1602和通信模块16036通过通信总线或无线方式相连。The cloud server 1600 includes a processing module 1601, a storage module 1602, and a communication module 1603. The processing module 1601, the storage module 1602, and the communication module 16036 are connected by a communication bus or wirelessly.
处理模块1601可以包括如下至少一种类型:通用中央处理器(Central Processing Unit,CPU)、数字信号处理器(Digital Signal Processor,DSP)、微处理器、特定应用集成电路专用集成电路(Application-Specific Integrated Circuit,ASIC)、微控制器(Microcontroller Unit,MCU)、现场可编程门阵列(Field Programmable Gate Array,FPGA)、或者用于实现逻辑运 算的集成电路。例如,处理模块1601可以是一个单核(single-CPU)处理器或多核(multi-CPU)处理器。至少一个处理器可以是集成在一个芯片中或位于多个不同的芯片上。The processing module 1601 may include at least one of the following types: general-purpose central processing unit (Central Processing Unit, CPU), digital signal processor (Digital Signal Processor, DSP), microprocessor, application-specific integrated circuit (Application-Specific Integrated Circuit) Integrated Circuit, ASIC), Microcontroller Unit (MCU), Field Programmable Gate Array (Field Programmable Gate Array, FPGA), or an integrated circuit used to implement logic operations. For example, the processing module 1601 may be a single-CPU processor or a multi-CPU processor. The at least one processor may be integrated in one chip or located on multiple different chips.
存储模块1602可以包括一个或者多个存储器,存储器可以是一个或者多个设备、电路中用于存储程序或者数据的器件。存储单元1602可以独立存在,通过通信总线与处理模块1601相连。存储模块也可以与处理模块1601集成在一起,例如集成在一个芯片之内。其中,存储模块1602能够存储执行本申请实施例的技术方案的计算机执行指令,并由处理模块1601来控制执行,被执行的各类计算执行指令也可被视为是处理模块1601的驱动程序。例如,处理模块1601用于执行存储模块1602中存储的计算机执行指令,从而实现上述本申请实施例中的方法流程。The storage module 1602 may include one or more memories, and the memories may be devices for storing programs or data in one or more devices or circuits. The storage unit 1602 may exist independently and is connected to the processing module 1601 through a communication bus. The storage module may also be integrated with the processing module 1601, for example, integrated in a chip. The storage module 1602 can store computer execution instructions for executing the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, and the processing module 1601 controls the execution. Various types of calculation execution instructions that are executed can also be regarded as driver programs of the processing module 1601. For example, the processing module 1601 is configured to execute the computer-executable instructions stored in the storage module 1602, so as to implement the method flow in the foregoing embodiment of the present application.
通信模块1603可以是具有收发功能的装置,用于与其他终端设备、其他网络设备或者通信网络进行通信。通信模块1603可用于在处理模块1601的控制下收发信息,包括将接收到的信息传输给处理模块1601处理,然后将处理模块1601传输的信息发送给其他通信设备。通常,通信模块1603包括但不限于天线、至少一个放大器、收发信机、耦合器、LNA(low noise amplifier,低噪声放大器)、双工器等。此外,通信模块1603还可以通过无线通信与网络和其他设备通信。所述无线通信可以使用任一通信标准或协议,包括但不限于GSM(global system of mobile communication,全球移动通讯系统)、GPRS(general packet radio service,通用分组无线服务)、CDMA(code division multiple access,码分多址)、WCDMA(wideband code division multiple access,宽带码分多址)、LTE(long term evolution,长期演进)、电子邮件、SMS(short messaging service,短消息服务)、短距离通信技术等。The communication module 1603 may be a device with a transceiving function, and is used to communicate with other terminal equipment, other network equipment, or a communication network. The communication module 1603 can be used to send and receive information under the control of the processing module 1601, including transmitting the received information to the processing module 1601 for processing, and then sending the information transmitted by the processing module 1601 to other communication devices. Generally, the communication module 1603 includes, but is not limited to, an antenna, at least one amplifier, a transceiver, a coupler, an LNA (low noise amplifier, low noise amplifier), a duplexer, and the like. In addition, the communication module 1603 can also communicate with the network and other devices through wireless communication. The wireless communication can use any communication standard or protocol, including but not limited to GSM (global system of mobile communication, global system for mobile communication), GPRS (general packet radio service, general packet radio service), CDMA (code division multiple access) , Code division multiple access), WCDMA (wideband code division multiple access, wideband code division multiple access), LTE (long term evolution), email, SMS (short messaging service, short message service), short-distance communication technology Wait.
存储模块1602可以包括如下至少一种类型:只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备,随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)或者可存储信息和指令的其他类型的动态存储设备,也可以是电可擦可编程只读存储器(Electrically erasable programmabler-only memory,EEPROM)。在某些场景下,存储器还可以是只读光盘(compact disc read-only memory,CD-ROM)或其他光盘存储、光碟存储(包括压缩光碟、激光碟、光碟、数字通用光碟、蓝光光碟等)、磁盘存储介质或者其他磁存储设备、或者能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质,但不限于此。The storage module 1602 may include at least one of the following types: read-only memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, random access memory (RAM), or Other types of dynamic storage devices that store information and instructions may also be electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM). In some scenarios, the memory can also be a compact disc read-only memory (CD-ROM) or other optical disc storage, optical disc storage (including compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital universal discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.) , A magnetic disk storage medium or other magnetic storage device, or any other medium that can be used to carry or store desired program codes in the form of instructions or data structures and that can be accessed by a computer, but is not limited thereto.
参见图17,图17示出了本申请提供一种无线通信系统1700、终端设备1710及云服务器1720。无线通信系统1700包括:终端设备1710和云服务器1720。其中,终端设备1710可以为图13实施例中的终端设备1300,云服务器1720可以为图15实施例中的云服务器1500,下面分别描述。Referring to FIG. 17, FIG. 17 shows that the present application provides a wireless communication system 1700, a terminal device 1710, and a cloud server 1720. The wireless communication system 1700 includes: a terminal device 1710 and a cloud server 1720. The terminal device 1710 may be the terminal device 1300 in the embodiment of FIG. 13, and the cloud server 1720 may be the cloud server 1500 in the embodiment of FIG. 15, which will be described separately below.
如图17所示,终端设备1710可包括:处理模块1712和通信模块1711。云服务器1720可包括:通信模块1721和处理模块1722。As shown in FIG. 17, the terminal device 1710 may include: a processing module 1712 and a communication module 1711. The cloud server 1720 may include: a communication module 1721 and a processing module 1722.
通信模块1711可用于向云服务器1720发送请求、数据等,以及接受云服务器1720的指令、数据等。处理模块1712可用于处理计算机程序。The communication module 1711 can be used to send requests, data, etc. to the cloud server 1720, and accept instructions, data, etc. from the cloud server 1720. The processing module 1712 can be used to process computer programs.
通信模块1721可用于向接收终端设备1710发送指令、数据等,以及接受终端设备1710的指令、数据等。处理模块1722可用于处理计算机程序。The communication module 1721 may be used to send instructions, data, etc. to the receiving terminal device 1710, and to receive instructions, data, etc. from the terminal device 1710. The processing module 1722 can be used to process computer programs.
可以理解的,关于终端设备1710和云服务器1720包括的各个功能单元的具体实现可参考前述各个实施例,这里不再赘述。It can be understood that, for the specific implementation of each functional unit included in the terminal device 1710 and the cloud server 1720, reference may be made to the foregoing embodiments, and details are not described herein again.
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质。上述实施例中描述的方法可以全部或 部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。如果在软件中实现,则功能可以作为一个或多个指令或代码存储在计算机可读介质上或者在计算机可读介质上传输。计算机可读介质可以包括计算机存储介质和通信介质,还可以包括任何可以将计算机程序从一个地方传送到另一个地方的介质。存储介质可以是可由计算机访问的任何可用介质。The embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium. The methods described in the foregoing embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof. If implemented in software, the functions can be stored on a computer-readable medium or transmitted on a computer-readable medium as one or more instructions or codes. Computer-readable media may include computer storage media and communication media, and may also include any media that can transfer a computer program from one place to another. The storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer.
作为一种可选的设计,计算机可读介质可以包括RAM,ROM,EEPROM,CD-ROM或其它光盘存储器,磁盘存储器或其它磁存储设备,或可用于承载的任何其它介质或以指令或数据结构的形式存储所需的程序代码,并且可由计算机访问。而且,任何连接被适当地称为计算机可读介质。例如,如果使用同轴电缆,光纤电缆,双绞线,数字用户线(DSL)或无线技术(如红外,无线电和微波)从网站,服务器或其它远程源传输软件,则同轴电缆,光纤电缆,双绞线,DSL或诸如红外,无线电和微波之类的无线技术包括在介质的定义中。如本文所使用的磁盘和光盘包括光盘(CD),激光盘,光盘,数字通用光盘(DVD),软盘和蓝光盘,其中磁盘通常以磁性方式再现数据,而光盘利用激光光学地再现数据。上述的组合也应包括在计算机可读介质的范围内。As an optional design, the computer-readable medium may include RAM, ROM, EEPROM, CD-ROM or other optical disk storage, magnetic disk storage or other magnetic storage devices, or any other medium that can be used for carrying or with instructions or data structures The required program code is stored in the form of and can be accessed by the computer. Also, any connection is properly termed a computer-readable medium. For example, if you use coaxial cable, fiber optic cable, twisted pair, digital subscriber line (DSL) or wireless technology (such as infrared, radio and microwave) to transmit software from a website, server or other remote source, then coaxial cable, fiber optic cable , Twisted pair, DSL or wireless technologies such as infrared, radio and microwave are included in the definition of the medium. Magnetic disks and optical disks as used herein include compact disks (CDs), laser disks, optical disks, digital versatile disks (DVD), floppy disks, and blu-ray disks, where disks usually reproduce data magnetically, while optical disks reproduce data optically using lasers. Combinations of the above should also be included in the scope of computer-readable media.
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机程序产品。上述实施例中描述的方法可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。如果在软件中实现,可以全部或者部分得通过计算机程序产品的形式实现。计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行上述计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照上述方法实施例中描述的流程或功能。上述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、网络设备、用户设备或者其它可编程装置。The embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product. The methods described in the foregoing embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof. If it is implemented in software, it can be fully or partially implemented in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the above computer program instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, the procedures or functions described in the above method embodiments are generated in whole or in part. The above-mentioned computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, network equipment, user equipment, or other programmable devices.
以上所述的具体实施方式,对本发明的目的、技术方案和有益效果进行了进一步详细说明,所应理解的是,以上所述仅为本发明的具体实施方式而已,并不用于限定本发明的保护范围,凡在本发明的技术方案的基础之上,所做的任何修改、等同替换、改进等,均应包括在本发明的保护范围之内。The specific embodiments described above further describe the purpose, technical solutions and beneficial effects of the present invention in detail. It should be understood that the above are only specific embodiments of the present invention, and are not intended to limit the scope of the present invention. The protection scope, any modification, equivalent replacement, improvement, etc. made on the basis of the technical solution of the present invention shall be included in the protection scope of the present invention.

Claims (21)

  1. 一种通信方法,应用于终端设备,其特征在于,所述终端设备具有多个用户标识模块SIM卡,所述多个SIM卡各自对应不同的电信运营商,用于所述终端设备获取所述不同的电信运营商提供的通信服务;所述终端设备注册到所述多个电信运营商的网络;A communication method applied to a terminal device, characterized in that the terminal device has a plurality of user identification module SIM cards, each of the plurality of SIM cards corresponds to a different telecommunication operator, and is used by the terminal device to obtain the Communication services provided by different telecommunication operators; the terminal equipment is registered to the networks of the multiple telecommunication operators;
    所述方法包括:The method includes:
    所述终端设备通过第一SIM卡与第一网络设备建立第一通信连接;所述终端设备通过第二SIM卡与第二网络设备建立第二通信连接;其中,所述终端设备通过所述第一通信连接获取第一电信运营商提供的通信服务;所述终端设备通过所述第二通信连接获取第二电信运营商提供的通信服务;所述第一网络设备为所述第一电信运营商的网络设备;所述第二网络设备为所述第二电信运营商的网络设备;The terminal device establishes a first communication connection with a first network device via a first SIM card; the terminal device establishes a second communication connection with a second network device via a second SIM card; wherein, the terminal device establishes a second communication connection with the second network device via the first SIM card. A communication connection obtains the communication service provided by the first telecommunication operator; the terminal device obtains the communication service provided by the second telecommunication operator through the second communication connection; the first network device is the first telecommunication operator The network equipment; the second network equipment is the network equipment of the second telecommunication operator;
    所述终端设备确定所述终端设备位于第一区域;在所述第一区域内,所述终端设备使用所述第一通信连接承载数据业务;Determining, by the terminal device, that the terminal device is located in a first area; in the first area, the terminal device uses the first communication connection to carry data services;
    当检测到所述终端设备位于第二区域内或者所述终端设备与所述第二区域之间的距离小于第一距离值时,所述终端设备从第一映射表中查找出所述第二区域对应的所述第二电信运营商;When it is detected that the terminal device is located in the second area or the distance between the terminal device and the second area is less than the first distance value, the terminal device searches for the second area from the first mapping table. The second telecom operator corresponding to the area;
    所述终端设备使用所述第二通信连接承载数据业务;The terminal device uses the second communication connection to carry data services;
    其中,所述终端设备具有所述第一映射表,所述第一映射表包括多个区域的标识、所述多个区域各自对应的所述电信运营商的标识;所述第一区域和所述第二区域为所述多个区域中的相邻区域;所述第一电信运营商为所述第一区域在所述第一映射表中对应的电信运营商;所述第二电信运营商为所述第二区域在所述第一映射表中对应的电信运营商。Wherein, the terminal device has the first mapping table, and the first mapping table includes the identities of a plurality of regions, and the identities of the telecommunication operators corresponding to the plurality of regions; The second area is an adjacent area among the multiple areas; the first telecommunications operator is the telecommunications operator corresponding to the first area in the first mapping table; the second telecommunications operator Is the telecommunication operator corresponding to the second area in the first mapping table.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to claim 1, further comprising:
    在所述终端设备使用所述第二通信连接承载数据业务之前,所述终端设备确定所述终端设备没有正在进行的语音业务。Before the terminal device uses the second communication connection to carry the data service, the terminal device determines that the terminal device does not have an ongoing voice service.
  3. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备使用所述第二通信连接承载数据业务,具体包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the terminal device uses the second communication connection to carry data services, which specifically comprises:
    如果所述终端设备正在进行语音业务,则等待所述语音业务结束后,所述终端设备使用所述第二通信连接承载数据业务。If the terminal device is performing a voice service, after waiting for the voice service to end, the terminal device uses the second communication connection to carry the data service.
  4. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二电信运营商在所述第二区域提供的通信服务的质量优于所述第一电信运营商在所述第二区域提供的通信服务的质量。The method according to claim 1, wherein the quality of the communication service provided by the second telecommunication operator in the second area is better than that of the communication service provided by the first telecommunication operator in the second area The quality of service.
  5. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一区域和所述第二区域对应不同的电信运营商。The method according to claim 1, wherein the first area and the second area correspond to different telecommunication operators.
  6. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to claim 1, further comprising:
    所述终端设备从云服务器获取所述第一映射表。The terminal device obtains the first mapping table from a cloud server.
  7. 一种通信方法,应用于云服务器,其特征在于,包括:A communication method applied to a cloud server, characterized in that it includes:
    所述云服务器获取来自多个终端设备的通信质量报告,所述通信质量报告包括:所述终端设备所在位置,向所述终端设备提供通信服务的电信运营商的标识,以及所述通信服务的通信质量参数;The cloud server obtains a communication quality report from a plurality of terminal devices, the communication quality report including: the location of the terminal device, the identification of the telecommunication operator that provides the communication service to the terminal device, and the information of the communication service Communication quality parameters;
    所述云服务器根据所述通信质量报告生成第一映射表;其中,所述第一映射表包括多个区域的标识、所述多个区域各自对应的电信运营商的标识;在所述第一映射表中,所述区域包含该所述区域内各点位置的定位数据;在所述第一映射表中,一个区域对应的电信运营商在所述区域内提供的通信服务的通信质量高于第一阈值,或者提供的通信服务的通信质量最高;所述一个区域对应的电信运营商是根据所述一个区域内的终端设备上报的通信质量报告中的通信质量参数确定的;The cloud server generates a first mapping table according to the communication quality report; wherein, the first mapping table includes the identities of a plurality of regions, and the identities of the telecommunication operators corresponding to each of the plurality of regions; In the mapping table, the area contains the positioning data of the position of each point in the area; in the first mapping table, the communication quality of the communication service provided by the telecommunication operator corresponding to an area in the area is higher than The first threshold, or the communication quality of the provided communication service is the highest; the telecommunication operator corresponding to the one area is determined according to the communication quality parameters in the communication quality report reported by the terminal equipment in the one area;
    所述云服务器向所述终端设备发送所述第一映射表。The cloud server sends the first mapping table to the terminal device.
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述通信质量参数包括所述终端设备的用户标识模块SIM卡对应的掉话率、掉线率、卡顿率、时延时间(ms)、网络速率(mb/s),在第一时间内所述电信运营商的切换次数。The method according to claim 7, wherein the communication quality parameters include the call drop rate, the call drop rate, the stall rate, and the delay time (ms) corresponding to the SIM card of the subscriber identification module of the terminal device. Network rate (mb/s), the number of handovers of the telecom operator in the first time.
  9. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一映射表中,不同的区域对应不同的电信运营商。The method according to claim 7, wherein in the first mapping table, different areas correspond to different telecommunication operators.
  10. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述云服务器向所述终端设备发送所述第一映射表,具体包括:The method according to claim 7, wherein the sending of the first mapping table by the cloud server to the terminal device specifically comprises:
    所述云服务器以第二时间为间隔,周期性地向所述终端设备发送所述第一映射表。The cloud server periodically sends the first mapping table to the terminal device at a second time interval.
  11. 一种终端设备,其特征在于,包括:多个用户标识模块SIM卡,定位装置、通信装置、存储器以及耦合于存储器的处理器;所述多个SIM卡各自对应不同的电信运营商,用于所述终端设备获取所述不同的电信运营商提供的通信服务;所述终端设备注册到所述多个电信运营商的网络;其中:A terminal equipment, which is characterized by comprising: multiple subscriber identification module SIM cards, a positioning device, a communication device, a memory, and a processor coupled to the memory; each of the multiple SIM cards corresponds to a different telecommunication operator, and is used for The terminal device obtains communication services provided by the different telecommunication operators; the terminal device is registered to the networks of the multiple telecommunication operators; wherein:
    所述通信装置用于通过第一SIM卡与第一网络设备建立第一通信连接;The communication device is used to establish a first communication connection with a first network device through a first SIM card;
    所述通信装置还用于通过第二SIM卡与第二网络设备建立第二通信连接;其中,所述第一通信连接用于获取第一电信运营商提供的通信服务;所述第二通信连接用于获取第二电信运营商提供的通信服务;所述第一网络设备为所述第一电信运营商的网络设备;所述第二网络设备为所述第二电信运营商的网络设备;The communication device is also used to establish a second communication connection with a second network device through a second SIM card; wherein the first communication connection is used to obtain a communication service provided by a first telecommunication operator; the second communication connection Used to obtain communication services provided by a second telecommunications operator; the first network equipment is a network equipment of the first telecommunications operator; the second network equipment is a network equipment of the second telecommunications operator;
    所述定位装置用于获取所述终端设备位于第一区域;在所述第一区域内,所述通信装置还用于使用所述第一通信连接承载数据业务;The positioning device is used to obtain that the terminal device is located in a first area; in the first area, the communication device is also used to use the first communication connection to carry data services;
    所述处理器用于当检测到所述终端设备位于第二区域内或者所述终端设备与所述第二区域之间的距离小于第一距离值时,所述处理器从第一映射表中查找出所述第二区域对应的第二电信运营商;The processor is configured to: when it is detected that the terminal device is located in the second area or the distance between the terminal device and the second area is less than a first distance value, the processor looks up from the first mapping table The second telecommunication operator corresponding to the second area;
    所述通信装置还用于使用所述第二通信连接承载数据业务;The communication device is further configured to use the second communication connection to carry data services;
    所述存储器用于存储所述处理器执行程序过程中产生的数据或指令;The memory is used to store data or instructions generated during the execution of the program by the processor;
    其中,所述存储器存储有所述第一映射表,所述第一映射表包括多个区域的标识、所述多个区域各自对应的所述电信运营商的标识;所述第一区域和所述第二区域为所述多个区域 中的相邻区域;所述第一电信运营商为所述第一区域在所述第一映射表中对应的电信运营商;所述第二电信运营商为所述第二区域在所述第一映射表中对应的电信运营商。Wherein, the memory stores the first mapping table, and the first mapping table includes the identities of a plurality of regions, and the identities of the telecommunication operators corresponding to the plurality of regions; The second area is an adjacent area among the multiple areas; the first telecommunications operator is the telecommunications operator corresponding to the first area in the first mapping table; the second telecommunications operator Is the telecommunication operator corresponding to the second area in the first mapping table.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述通信装置还用于:The terminal device according to claim 11, wherein the communication device is further configured to:
    在所述通信装置使用所述第二通信连接承载数据业务之前,确定所述通信装置没有正在进行的语音业务。Before the communication device uses the second communication connection to carry the data service, it is determined that the communication device does not have an ongoing voice service.
  13. 根据权利要求11所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述通信装置具体用于:The terminal device according to claim 11, wherein the communication device is specifically configured to:
    如果所述通信装置正在进行语音业务,则等待所述语音业务结束后,所述通信装置使用所述第二通信连接承载数据业务。If the communication device is performing a voice service, after waiting for the voice service to end, the communication device uses the second communication connection to carry the data service.
  14. 根据权利要求11所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第二电信运营商在所述第二区域提供的通信服务的质量优于所述第一电信运营商在所述第二区域提供的通信服务的质量。The terminal device according to claim 11, wherein the quality of the communication service provided by the second telecommunication operator in the second area is better than that of the communication service provided by the first telecommunication operator in the second area. The quality of communication services.
  15. 根据权利要求11所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第一区域和所述第二区域对应不同的电信运营商。The terminal device according to claim 11, wherein the first area and the second area correspond to different telecommunication operators.
  16. 根据权利要求11所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述处理器还用于从云服务器获取所述第一映射表。The terminal device according to claim 11, wherein the processor is further configured to obtain the first mapping table from a cloud server.
  17. 一种云服务器,其特征在于,包括:接收器、发射器、存储器以及耦合于所述存储器的处理器;其中:A cloud server, characterized by comprising: a receiver, a transmitter, a memory, and a processor coupled to the memory; wherein:
    所述接收器用于获取来自多个终端设备的通信质量报告,所述通信质量报告包括:所述终端设备所在位置,向所述终端设备提供通信服务的电信运营商的标识,以及所述通信服务的通信质量参数;The receiver is used to obtain communication quality reports from multiple terminal devices, the communication quality reports including: the location of the terminal device, the identification of the telecommunication operator that provides the communication service to the terminal device, and the communication service Communication quality parameters;
    所述处理器用于根据所述通信质量报告生成第一映射表;其中,所述第一映射表包括多个区域的标识、所述多个区域各自对应的电信运营商的标识;在所述第一映射表中,所述区域包含该所述区域内各点位置的定位数据;在所述第一映射表中,一个区域对应的电信运营商在所述区域内提供的通信服务的通信质量高于第一阈值,或者提供的通信服务的通信质量最高;所述一个区域对应的电信运营商是根据所述一个区域内的终端设备上报的通信质量报告中的通信质量参数确定的;The processor is configured to generate a first mapping table according to the communication quality report; wherein, the first mapping table includes the identities of a plurality of regions, and the identities of the telecommunication operators corresponding to each of the plurality of regions; In a mapping table, the area contains the positioning data of the position of each point in the area; in the first mapping table, the communication service provided by the telecommunication operator corresponding to an area in the area has high communication quality Or the communication quality of the provided communication service is the highest; the telecommunication operator corresponding to the one area is determined according to the communication quality parameters in the communication quality report reported by the terminal equipment in the one area;
    所述发射器用于向所述终端设备发送所述第一映射表;The transmitter is used to send the first mapping table to the terminal device;
    所述存储器用于存储所述处理器执行程序过程中产生的数据或指令。The memory is used to store data or instructions generated during the execution of the program by the processor.
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的云服务器,其特征在于,所述通信质量参数包括所述终端设备的用户标识模块SIM卡对应的掉话率、掉线率、卡顿率、时延时间(ms)、网络速率(mb/s),在第一时间内所述电信运营商的切换次数。The cloud server according to claim 17, wherein the communication quality parameters include the call drop rate, the call drop rate, the jam rate, and the delay time (ms) corresponding to the SIM card of the subscriber identification module of the terminal device. , Network rate (mb/s), the number of handovers of the telecom operator in the first time.
  19. 根据权利要求17所述的云服务器,其特征在于,所述第一映射表中,不同的区域对应不同的电信运营商。The cloud server according to claim 17, wherein in the first mapping table, different regions correspond to different telecommunication operators.
  20. 根据权利要求17所述的云服务器,其特征在于,所述发射器具体用于:The cloud server according to claim 17, wherein the transmitter is specifically configured to:
    所述发射器以第二时间为间隔,周期性地向所述终端设备发送所述第一映射表。The transmitter periodically sends the first mapping table to the terminal device at a second time interval.
  21. 一种通信系统,其特征在于,包括:终端设备和云服务器,其中:A communication system is characterized by comprising: terminal equipment and a cloud server, wherein:
    所述终端设备为权利要求11-16中任一项所述的终端设备;The terminal device is the terminal device according to any one of claims 11-16;
    所述云服务器为权利要求17-20中任一项所述的云服务器。The cloud server is the cloud server according to any one of claims 17-20.
PCT/CN2020/133806 2019-12-30 2020-12-04 Communication method and related device and communication system WO2021135815A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201911398288.1A CN113133076B (en) 2019-12-30 2019-12-30 Communication method, related equipment and communication system
CN201911398288.1 2019-12-30

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021135815A1 true WO2021135815A1 (en) 2021-07-08

Family

ID=76686458

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/133806 WO2021135815A1 (en) 2019-12-30 2020-12-04 Communication method and related device and communication system

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN113133076B (en)
WO (1) WO2021135815A1 (en)

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN113543023A (en) * 2021-07-29 2021-10-22 展讯半导体(成都)有限公司 Positioning method and communication device
CN114915307A (en) * 2022-07-14 2022-08-16 荣耀终端有限公司 SIM card communication circuit and electronic equipment
CN115915103A (en) * 2022-11-10 2023-04-04 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 Method, device, equipment and medium for identifying double-card-slot terminal double-card state
CN116709501A (en) * 2022-10-26 2023-09-05 荣耀终端有限公司 Service scene identification method, electronic equipment and storage medium
WO2023202533A1 (en) * 2022-04-21 2023-10-26 华为技术有限公司 Communication method, electronic device, and system

Families Citing this family (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2020077517A1 (en) * 2018-10-16 2020-04-23 华为技术有限公司 Cell switching method and device under high-speed mobile context
CN113825095A (en) * 2021-07-23 2021-12-21 恒安嘉新(北京)科技股份公司 Network communication service tracking method, device, equipment and storage medium
CN114006751A (en) * 2021-10-29 2022-02-01 广东宜教通教育有限公司 Campus system single sign-on method using temporary authentication code
CN114285798B (en) * 2021-12-22 2023-12-26 北京达佳互联信息技术有限公司 Data transmission method and device
CN114928568B (en) * 2022-06-16 2023-06-09 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 Routing path selection method, device and computer readable storage medium
CN114996162B (en) * 2022-07-15 2022-12-23 荣耀终端有限公司 Test method and related device

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102934477A (en) * 2010-06-18 2013-02-13 斯凯普公司 Determining the network quality for the current or future location of a mobile communications device
CN105282701A (en) * 2015-09-06 2016-01-27 深圳优克云联科技有限公司 Distribution method, device and system of subscriber identity module cards
CN107484213A (en) * 2017-08-25 2017-12-15 歌尔科技有限公司 Method for switching network, intelligent terminal and server based on ESIM cards
CN108495349A (en) * 2018-03-15 2018-09-04 维沃移动通信有限公司 A kind of switching method and mobile terminal of carrier network
CN110401973A (en) * 2019-08-19 2019-11-01 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Network search method and device, terminal, storage medium

Family Cites Families (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108848453B (en) * 2018-08-17 2024-01-19 上海小镜信息科技有限公司 Multi-SIM card multi-operator network fusion system

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102934477A (en) * 2010-06-18 2013-02-13 斯凯普公司 Determining the network quality for the current or future location of a mobile communications device
CN105282701A (en) * 2015-09-06 2016-01-27 深圳优克云联科技有限公司 Distribution method, device and system of subscriber identity module cards
CN107484213A (en) * 2017-08-25 2017-12-15 歌尔科技有限公司 Method for switching network, intelligent terminal and server based on ESIM cards
CN108495349A (en) * 2018-03-15 2018-09-04 维沃移动通信有限公司 A kind of switching method and mobile terminal of carrier network
CN110401973A (en) * 2019-08-19 2019-11-01 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Network search method and device, terminal, storage medium

Cited By (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN113543023A (en) * 2021-07-29 2021-10-22 展讯半导体(成都)有限公司 Positioning method and communication device
CN113543023B (en) * 2021-07-29 2022-08-02 展讯半导体(成都)有限公司 Positioning method and communication device
WO2023202533A1 (en) * 2022-04-21 2023-10-26 华为技术有限公司 Communication method, electronic device, and system
CN114915307A (en) * 2022-07-14 2022-08-16 荣耀终端有限公司 SIM card communication circuit and electronic equipment
CN116709501A (en) * 2022-10-26 2023-09-05 荣耀终端有限公司 Service scene identification method, electronic equipment and storage medium
CN115915103A (en) * 2022-11-10 2023-04-04 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 Method, device, equipment and medium for identifying double-card-slot terminal double-card state

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN113133076B (en) 2023-04-25
CN113133076A (en) 2021-07-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021135815A1 (en) Communication method and related device and communication system
US11895583B2 (en) Network connection processing method, related device, and computer storage medium
WO2021175268A1 (en) Method and apparatus for sharing mobile network hotspot, and hotspot sharing device
WO2022083386A1 (en) Screen projection method and system, and electronic device
WO2021104115A1 (en) Cell measurement method, measurement apparatus, terminal device, chip, and storage medium
US20220159551A1 (en) Network Search Method and Terminal Device
CN111491341B (en) Cell reselection method and terminal
CN114641032B (en) Terminal device and communication method
CN112492697A (en) Data transmission method and corresponding terminal
CN113133089B (en) Method and related device for manually searching network
WO2022042264A1 (en) Method, apparatus and system for switching access point
US20230262547A1 (en) Cell Handover Method and Communication Apparatus
CN112335294B (en) Emergency call method and user terminal
CN115065997B (en) Cell changing method and terminal equipment
CN114727349B (en) Method, device and storage medium for cell reselection
CN116055988B (en) Dual-card communication method and terminal equipment
US20230087282A1 (en) Dual wi-fi connection method and electronic device
WO2022226707A1 (en) Rescue method and device, storage medium, and chip system
CN113572586A (en) Method for sending sounding reference signal, user equipment and system
WO2023231642A1 (en) Dual-card communication method and terminal device
WO2022001378A1 (en) Reminder method, graphical user interface, and terminal device
WO2023231643A1 (en) Dual-card communication method and terminal device
US20240137865A1 (en) Network Connection Processing Method, Related Device, And Computer Storage Medium
WO2022198409A1 (en) Coreset#0 configuration method and apparatus, communication device, and storage medium
WO2021098540A1 (en) Terminal device and wireless communication method

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20909417

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20909417

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1